1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 31 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44 #include <algorithm> 45 #include <cstring> 46 #include <functional> 47 using namespace clang; 48 using namespace sema; 49 50 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57 } 58 59 namespace { 60 61 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 64 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 65 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 66 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 67 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 68 } 69 70 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 71 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 72 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 73 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 74 else 75 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 76 } 77 78 private: 79 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 80 bool WantClassName; 81 }; 82 83 } 84 85 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 86 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 87 switch (Kind) { 88 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 89 // token kind is a valid type specifier 90 case tok::kw_short: 91 case tok::kw_long: 92 case tok::kw___int64: 93 case tok::kw___int128: 94 case tok::kw_signed: 95 case tok::kw_unsigned: 96 case tok::kw_void: 97 case tok::kw_char: 98 case tok::kw_int: 99 case tok::kw_half: 100 case tok::kw_float: 101 case tok::kw_double: 102 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 103 case tok::kw_bool: 104 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 105 return true; 106 107 case tok::annot_typename: 108 case tok::kw_char16_t: 109 case tok::kw_char32_t: 110 case tok::kw_typeof: 111 case tok::kw_decltype: 112 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 113 114 default: 115 break; 116 } 117 118 return false; 119 } 120 121 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 122 /// return the declaration of that type. 123 /// 124 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 125 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 126 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 127 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 128 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 129 /// 130 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 131 /// and then return NULL. 132 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 133 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 134 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 135 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 136 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 137 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 138 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 139 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 140 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 141 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 142 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 143 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 144 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 145 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 147 148 if (!LookupCtx) { 149 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 150 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 151 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 152 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 153 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 154 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 155 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 156 // 157 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 158 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 159 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 162 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 163 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 164 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 165 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 166 167 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 168 QualType T = 169 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 170 II, NameLoc); 171 172 return ParsedType::make(T); 173 } 174 175 return ParsedType(); 176 } 177 178 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 179 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 184 // lookup for class-names. 185 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 186 LookupOrdinaryName; 187 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 188 if (LookupCtx) { 189 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 190 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 191 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 192 // nested-name-specifier. 193 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 194 195 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 196 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 197 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 198 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 199 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 200 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 201 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 202 LookupName(Result, S); 203 } 204 } else { 205 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 206 LookupName(Result, S); 207 } 208 209 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 210 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 211 case LookupResult::NotFound: 212 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 213 if (CorrectedII) { 214 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 215 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 216 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 217 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 218 TemplateTy Template; 219 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 220 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 221 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 222 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 223 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 224 if (SS && NNS) { 225 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 226 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 227 } 228 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 229 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 230 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 231 // is handled elsewhere). 232 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 233 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 234 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 235 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 236 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 237 IsCtorOrDtorName, 238 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 239 if (Ty) { 240 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 241 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 242 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 243 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 244 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 245 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 246 CorrectedStr); 247 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 248 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 249 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 250 251 if (SS && NNS) 252 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 253 *CorrectedII = NewII; 254 return Ty; 255 } 256 } 257 } 258 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 259 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 260 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 261 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 262 return ParsedType(); 263 264 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 265 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 266 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 267 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 268 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 269 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 270 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 271 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 272 return ParsedType(); 273 } 274 275 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 276 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 277 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 278 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 279 if (!IIDecl || 280 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 281 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 282 IIDecl = *Res; 283 } 284 } 285 286 if (!IIDecl) { 287 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 288 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 289 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 290 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 291 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 292 // a type name. 293 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 294 return ParsedType(); 295 } 296 297 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 298 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 299 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 300 // perform the name lookup again. 301 break; 302 303 case LookupResult::Found: 304 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 305 break; 306 } 307 308 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 309 310 QualType T; 311 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 312 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 313 314 if (T.isNull()) 315 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 316 317 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 318 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 319 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 320 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 321 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 322 // Construct a type with type-source information. 323 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 324 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 325 326 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 327 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 328 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 329 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 330 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 331 } else { 332 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 333 } 334 } 335 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 336 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 337 if (!HasTrailingDot) 338 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 339 } 340 341 if (T.isNull()) { 342 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 343 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 344 return ParsedType(); 345 } 346 return ParsedType::make(T); 347 } 348 349 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 350 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 351 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 352 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 353 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 354 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 355 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 356 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 357 LookupName(R, S, false); 358 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 360 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 361 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 362 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 363 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 364 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 365 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 366 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 367 } 368 } 369 370 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 371 } 372 373 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 374 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 375 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 376 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 377 /// @code 378 /// template<class T> class A { 379 /// public: 380 /// typedef int TYPE; 381 /// }; 382 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 383 /// public: 384 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 385 /// }; 386 /// @endcode 387 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 388 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 389 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 390 391 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 392 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 393 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 394 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 395 return true; 396 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 397 } 398 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 399 } 400 401 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 402 SourceLocation IILoc, 403 Scope *S, 404 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 405 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 406 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 407 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 408 409 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 410 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 411 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 412 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 413 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 414 Validator)) { 415 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 416 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 417 418 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 419 // We corrected to a keyword. 420 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 421 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 422 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 423 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 424 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 425 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 426 CorrectedStr); 427 II = NewII; 428 } else { 429 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 430 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 431 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 432 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 433 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 434 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 435 CorrectedStr); 436 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 437 bool droppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 438 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 439 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 440 << II << DC << droppedSpecifier << CorrectedQuotedStr 441 << SS->getRange() 442 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 443 CorrectedStr); 444 } 445 else { 446 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 447 } 448 449 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 450 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 451 452 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 453 false, false, ParsedType(), 454 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 455 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 456 } 457 return true; 458 } 459 460 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 461 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 462 UnqualifiedId Name; 463 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 464 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 465 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 466 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 467 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 468 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 469 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 470 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 471 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 472 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 473 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 474 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 475 } 476 return true; 477 } 478 } 479 480 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 481 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 482 483 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 484 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 485 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 486 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 487 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 488 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 489 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 490 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 491 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 492 493 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 494 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 495 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 496 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 497 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 498 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 499 } else { 500 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 501 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 502 } 503 504 return true; 505 } 506 507 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 508 /// or 509 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 510 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 511 NextToken.is(tok::less); 512 513 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 514 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 515 return true; 516 517 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 518 return true; 519 } 520 521 return false; 522 } 523 524 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 525 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 526 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 527 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 528 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 529 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 530 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 531 const char *TagName = 0; 532 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 533 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 534 case TTK_Class: 535 TagName = "class"; 536 FixItTagName = "class "; 537 break; 538 539 case TTK_Enum: 540 TagName = "enum"; 541 FixItTagName = "enum "; 542 break; 543 544 case TTK_Struct: 545 TagName = "struct"; 546 FixItTagName = "struct "; 547 break; 548 549 case TTK_Interface: 550 TagName = "__interface"; 551 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 552 break; 553 554 case TTK_Union: 555 TagName = "union"; 556 FixItTagName = "union "; 557 break; 558 } 559 560 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 561 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 562 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 563 564 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 565 I != IEnd; ++I) 566 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 567 << Name << TagName; 568 569 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 570 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 571 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 572 return true; 573 } 574 575 return false; 576 } 577 578 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 579 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 580 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 581 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 582 583 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 584 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 585 586 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 587 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 588 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 589 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 590 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 591 } 592 593 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 594 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 595 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 596 SourceLocation NameLoc, 597 const Token &NextToken, 598 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 599 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 600 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 601 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 602 603 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 604 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 605 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 606 607 } 608 609 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 610 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 611 612 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 613 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 614 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 615 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 616 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 617 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 618 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 619 return E; 620 } 621 622 bool SecondTry = false; 623 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 624 625 Corrected: 626 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 627 case LookupResult::NotFound: 628 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 629 // call. 630 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 631 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 632 // FIXME: Reference? 633 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 634 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 635 636 // C90 6.3.2.2: 637 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 638 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 639 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 640 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 641 // the function call, the declaration 642 // 643 // extern int identifier (); 644 // 645 // appeared. 646 // 647 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 648 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 649 Result.addDecl(D); 650 Result.resolveKind(); 651 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 652 } 653 } 654 655 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 656 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 657 // "struct", or "union". 658 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 659 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 660 break; 661 } 662 663 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 664 // close to this name. 665 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 666 SecondTry = true; 667 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 668 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 669 &SS, *CCC)) { 670 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 671 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 672 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 673 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 674 675 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 676 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 677 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 678 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 679 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 680 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 681 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 682 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 683 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 684 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 685 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 686 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 687 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 688 } 689 690 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 691 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 692 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 693 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 694 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 695 bool droppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 696 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 697 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 698 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << droppedSpecifier 699 << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS.getRange() 700 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 701 CorrectedStr); 702 } 703 704 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 705 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 706 707 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 708 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 709 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 710 711 // Also update the LookupResult... 712 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 713 Result.clear(); 714 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 715 if (FirstDecl) { 716 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 717 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 718 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 719 } 720 721 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 722 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 723 // reference the ivar. 724 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 725 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 726 Result.clear(); 727 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 728 return E; 729 } 730 731 goto Corrected; 732 } 733 } 734 735 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 736 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 737 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 738 739 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 740 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 741 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 742 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 743 744 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 745 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 746 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 747 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 748 // qualified by the keyword typename. 749 // 750 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 751 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 752 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 753 // keyword here. 754 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 755 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 756 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 757 } 758 759 case LookupResult::Found: 760 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 761 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 762 break; 763 764 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 765 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 766 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 767 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 768 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 769 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 770 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 771 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 772 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 773 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 774 // ambiguous. 775 // 776 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 777 // so try again after filtering out template names. 778 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 779 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 780 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 781 break; 782 } 783 } 784 785 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 786 return NameClassification::Error(); 787 } 788 789 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 790 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 791 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 792 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 793 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 794 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 795 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 796 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 797 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 798 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 799 800 if (!Result.empty()) { 801 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 802 bool IsVarTemplate; 803 TemplateName Template; 804 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 805 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 806 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 807 Result.end()); 808 } else { 809 TemplateDecl *TD 810 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 811 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 812 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 813 814 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 815 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 816 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 817 TD); 818 else 819 Template = TemplateName(TD); 820 } 821 822 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 823 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 824 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 825 // to based on which function we selected. 826 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 827 828 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 829 } 830 831 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 832 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 833 } 834 } 835 836 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 837 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 838 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 839 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 840 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 841 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 842 return ParsedType::make(T); 843 } 844 845 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 846 if (!Class) { 847 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 848 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 849 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 850 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 851 } 852 853 if (Class) { 854 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 855 856 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 857 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 858 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 859 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 860 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 861 } 862 863 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 864 return ParsedType::make(T); 865 } 866 867 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 868 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 869 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 870 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 871 872 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 873 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 874 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 875 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 876 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 877 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 878 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 879 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 880 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 881 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 882 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 883 return ParsedType::make(T); 884 } 885 886 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 887 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 888 889 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 890 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 891 } 892 893 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 894 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 895 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 896 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 897 898 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 899 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 900 // the context we'll need to return to. 901 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 902 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 903 904 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 905 // lexical context. 906 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 907 return DC; 908 909 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 910 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 911 // class is the context we need to return to. 912 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 913 DC = RD; 914 915 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 916 // declared in. 917 return DC; 918 } 919 920 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 921 } 922 923 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 924 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 925 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 926 CurContext = DC; 927 S->setEntity(DC); 928 } 929 930 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 931 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 932 933 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 934 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 935 } 936 937 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 938 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 939 /// 940 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 941 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 942 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 943 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 944 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 945 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 946 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 947 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 948 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 949 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 950 // namespace. 951 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 952 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 953 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 954 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 955 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 956 957 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 958 959 #ifndef NDEBUG 960 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 961 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 962 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 963 #endif 964 965 CurContext = DC; 966 S->setEntity(DC); 967 } 968 969 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 970 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 971 972 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 973 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 974 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 975 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 976 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 977 978 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 979 // disappear. 980 } 981 982 983 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 984 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 985 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 986 // We assume that the caller has already called 987 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 988 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 989 } 990 if (!FD) 991 return; 992 993 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 994 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 995 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 996 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 997 CurContext = FD; 998 S->setEntity(CurContext); 999 1000 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1001 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1002 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1003 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1004 S->AddDecl(Param); 1005 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1006 } 1007 } 1008 } 1009 1010 1011 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1012 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1013 // rather than the top-level class. 1014 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1015 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1016 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1017 } 1018 1019 1020 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1021 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1022 /// 1023 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1024 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1025 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1026 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1027 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1028 /// attribute. 1029 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1030 ASTContext &Context) { 1031 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1032 return true; 1033 1034 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1035 return true; 1036 1037 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1038 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1039 } 1040 1041 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1042 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1043 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1044 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1045 // scope. 1046 while (S->getEntity() && 1047 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1048 S = S->getParent(); 1049 1050 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1051 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1052 // into any context. 1053 if (AddToContext) 1054 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1055 1056 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1057 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1058 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1059 D->isOutOfLine() && 1060 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1061 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1062 return; 1063 1064 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1065 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1066 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1067 return; 1068 1069 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1070 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1071 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1072 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1073 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1074 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1075 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1076 1077 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1078 break; 1079 } 1080 } 1081 1082 S->AddDecl(D); 1083 1084 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1085 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1086 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1087 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1088 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1089 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1090 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1091 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1092 continue; 1093 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1094 break; 1095 } 1096 1097 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1098 } else { 1099 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1100 } 1101 } 1102 1103 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1104 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1105 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1106 } 1107 1108 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1109 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1110 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, 1111 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1112 } 1113 1114 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1115 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1116 do { 1117 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1118 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1119 return S; 1120 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1121 1122 return 0; 1123 } 1124 1125 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1126 DeclContext*, 1127 ASTContext&); 1128 1129 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1130 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1131 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1132 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1133 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1134 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1135 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1136 while (F.hasNext()) { 1137 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1138 1139 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1140 continue; 1141 1142 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1143 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1144 continue; 1145 1146 F.erase(); 1147 } 1148 1149 F.done(); 1150 } 1151 1152 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1153 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1154 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1155 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1156 } 1157 1158 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1159 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1160 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1161 while (F.hasNext()) 1162 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1163 F.erase(); 1164 1165 F.done(); 1166 } 1167 1168 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1169 /// @code 1170 /// class S { 1171 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1172 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1173 /// }; 1174 /// @endcode 1175 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1176 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1177 // the decl here. 1178 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1179 return false; 1180 1181 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1182 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1183 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1184 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1185 return false; 1186 } 1187 1188 // We need this to handle 1189 // 1190 // typedef struct { 1191 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1192 // } A; 1193 // 1194 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1195 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1196 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know untill we get to the end 1197 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non external linkage. 1198 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1199 // not. 1200 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1201 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1202 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1203 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1204 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1205 return true; 1206 } 1207 DC = DC->getParent(); 1208 } 1209 1210 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1211 } 1212 1213 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1214 assert(D); 1215 1216 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1217 return false; 1218 1219 // Ignore class templates. 1220 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1221 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1222 return false; 1223 1224 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1225 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1226 return false; 1227 1228 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1229 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1230 return false; 1231 } else { 1232 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1233 // Make sure we get the storage class from the canonical declaration, 1234 // since otherwise we will get spurious warnings on specialized 1235 // static template functions. 1236 if (FD->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1237 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1238 return false; 1239 } 1240 1241 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1242 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1243 return false; 1244 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1245 // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their 1246 // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const 1247 // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not 1248 // intended to be used. 1249 // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions. 1250 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1251 VD->getType().isConstQualified() || 1252 VD->getType()->isReferenceType() || 1253 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1254 return false; 1255 1256 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1257 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1258 return false; 1259 1260 } else { 1261 return false; 1262 } 1263 1264 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1265 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1266 } 1267 1268 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1269 if (!D) 1270 return; 1271 1272 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1273 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1274 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1275 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1276 } 1277 1278 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1279 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1280 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1281 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1282 } 1283 1284 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1285 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1286 } 1287 1288 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1289 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1290 return false; 1291 1292 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1293 return false; 1294 1295 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1296 return true; 1297 1298 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1299 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1300 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1301 return false; 1302 1303 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1304 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1305 1306 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1307 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1308 1309 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1310 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1311 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1312 return false; 1313 } 1314 1315 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1316 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1317 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1318 return false; 1319 1320 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1321 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1322 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1323 return false; 1324 1325 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1326 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1327 return false; 1328 1329 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1330 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1331 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1332 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1333 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1334 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1335 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1336 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1337 return false; 1338 } 1339 } 1340 } 1341 } 1342 1343 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1344 } 1345 1346 return true; 1347 } 1348 1349 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1350 FixItHint &Hint) { 1351 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1352 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1353 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1354 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1355 return; 1356 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1357 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1358 } 1359 return; 1360 } 1361 1362 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1363 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1364 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1365 FixItHint Hint; 1366 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1367 return; 1368 1369 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1370 1371 unsigned DiagID; 1372 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1373 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1374 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1375 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1376 else 1377 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1378 1379 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1380 } 1381 1382 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1383 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1384 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1385 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1386 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1387 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1388 } 1389 1390 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1391 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1392 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1393 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1394 1395 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1396 I != E; ++I) { 1397 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1398 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1399 1400 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1401 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1402 1403 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1404 1405 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1406 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) 1407 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1408 1409 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1410 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1411 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1412 1413 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1414 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1415 } 1416 } 1417 1418 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1419 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1420 } 1421 1422 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1423 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1424 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1425 } 1426 1427 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1428 /// 1429 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1430 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1431 /// to the fixed name. 1432 /// 1433 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1434 /// 1435 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1436 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1437 /// 1438 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1439 /// class could not be found. 1440 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1441 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1442 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1443 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1444 // creation from this context. 1445 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1446 1447 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1448 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1449 // find an Objective-C class name. 1450 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1451 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1452 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1453 Validator)) { 1454 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1455 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1456 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1457 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1458 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1459 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1460 1461 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1462 } 1463 } 1464 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1465 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1466 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1467 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1468 return Def; 1469 } 1470 1471 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1472 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1473 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1474 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1475 /// ill-formed in C++: 1476 /// @code 1477 /// struct S6 { 1478 /// enum { BAR } e; 1479 /// }; 1480 /// 1481 /// void test_S6() { 1482 /// struct S6 a; 1483 /// a.e = BAR; 1484 /// } 1485 /// @endcode 1486 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1487 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1488 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1489 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1490 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1491 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1492 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1493 /// contain non-field names. 1494 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1495 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1496 (S->getEntity() && 1497 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1498 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1499 S = S->getParent(); 1500 return S; 1501 } 1502 1503 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1504 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1505 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1506 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1507 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1508 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1509 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1510 return; 1511 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1512 1513 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1514 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1515 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1516 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1517 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1518 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1519 } 1520 1521 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1522 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1523 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1524 /// built-in. 1525 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1526 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1527 SourceLocation Loc) { 1528 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1529 1530 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1531 1532 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1533 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1534 switch (Error) { 1535 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1536 // Okay 1537 break; 1538 1539 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1540 if (ForRedeclaration) 1541 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1542 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1543 return 0; 1544 1545 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1546 if (ForRedeclaration) 1547 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1548 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1549 return 0; 1550 1551 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1552 if (ForRedeclaration) 1553 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1554 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1555 return 0; 1556 } 1557 1558 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1559 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1560 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1561 << R; 1562 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1563 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1564 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1565 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1566 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1567 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1568 } 1569 1570 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1571 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1572 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1573 SC_Extern, 1574 false, 1575 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1576 New->setImplicit(); 1577 1578 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1579 // FunctionDecl. 1580 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1581 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1582 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1583 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1584 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1585 SourceLocation(), 0, 1586 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1587 SC_None, 0); 1588 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1589 Params.push_back(parm); 1590 } 1591 New->setParams(Params); 1592 } 1593 1594 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1595 1596 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1597 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1598 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1599 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1600 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1601 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1602 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1603 CurContext = SavedContext; 1604 return New; 1605 } 1606 1607 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1608 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1609 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1610 /// entity. 1611 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1612 NamedDecl *decl, 1613 LookupResult &previous){ 1614 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1615 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1616 return; 1617 1618 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1619 if (previous.empty()) 1620 return; 1621 1622 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1623 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1624 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1625 1626 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1627 if (!old->isHidden()) 1628 continue; 1629 1630 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1631 filter.erase(); 1632 } 1633 1634 filter.done(); 1635 } 1636 1637 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1638 QualType OldType; 1639 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1640 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1641 else 1642 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1643 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1644 1645 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1646 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1647 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1648 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1649 << Kind << NewType; 1650 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1651 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1652 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1653 return true; 1654 } 1655 1656 if (OldType != NewType && 1657 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1658 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1659 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1660 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1661 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1662 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1663 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1664 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1665 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1666 return true; 1667 } 1668 return false; 1669 } 1670 1671 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1672 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1673 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1674 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1675 /// 1676 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1677 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1678 // merging checks. 1679 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1680 1681 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1682 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1683 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1684 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1685 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1686 default: break; 1687 case 2: 1688 { 1689 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1690 break; 1691 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1692 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1693 break; 1694 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1695 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1696 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1697 break; 1698 } 1699 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1700 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1701 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1702 return; 1703 } 1704 case 5: 1705 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1706 break; 1707 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1708 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1709 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1710 return; 1711 case 3: 1712 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1713 break; 1714 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1715 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1716 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1717 return; 1718 } 1719 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1720 } 1721 1722 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1723 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1724 if (!Old) { 1725 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1726 << New->getDeclName(); 1727 1728 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1729 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1730 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1731 1732 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1733 } 1734 1735 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1736 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1737 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1738 1739 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1740 // with any extensions enabled. 1741 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1742 return; 1743 1744 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1745 // declaration was a typedef. 1746 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1747 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1748 1749 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1750 1751 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1752 return; 1753 1754 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1755 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1756 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1757 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1758 // to the type to which it already refers. 1759 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1760 return; 1761 1762 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1763 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1764 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1765 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1766 // 1767 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1768 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1769 // 1770 // struct S { 1771 // typedef struct A { } A; 1772 // }; 1773 // 1774 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1775 // allow the above but disallow 1776 // 1777 // struct S { 1778 // typedef int I; 1779 // typedef int I; 1780 // }; 1781 // 1782 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1783 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1784 return; 1785 1786 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1787 << New->getDeclName(); 1788 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1789 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1790 } 1791 1792 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1793 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1794 return; 1795 1796 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1797 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1798 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1799 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1800 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1801 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1802 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1803 return; 1804 1805 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1806 << New->getDeclName(); 1807 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1808 return; 1809 } 1810 1811 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1812 /// attribute. 1813 static bool 1814 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1815 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1816 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1817 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1818 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1819 if (AA) 1820 return false; 1821 1822 // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated. 1823 switch (A->getKind()) { 1824 case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired: 1825 case attr::SharedLocksRequired: 1826 case attr::LocksExcluded: 1827 case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction: 1828 case attr::SharedLockFunction: 1829 case attr::UnlockFunction: 1830 case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction: 1831 case attr::SharedTrylockFunction: 1832 case attr::GuardedBy: 1833 case attr::PtGuardedBy: 1834 case attr::AcquiredBefore: 1835 case attr::AcquiredAfter: 1836 return false; 1837 default: 1838 ; 1839 } 1840 1841 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1842 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1843 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1844 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1845 if (Ann) { 1846 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1847 return true; 1848 continue; 1849 } 1850 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1851 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1852 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1853 return true; 1854 } 1855 1856 return false; 1857 } 1858 1859 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 1860 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1861 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 1862 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1863 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 1864 return true; 1865 } 1866 1867 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 1868 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 1869 /// 1870 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 1871 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 1872 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 1873 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 1874 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0; 1875 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0; 1876 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 1877 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1878 I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1879 E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1880 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 1881 // in a case like: 1882 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 1883 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 1884 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 1885 // definition in such a case. 1886 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1887 return false; 1888 1889 if (I->isAlignas()) 1890 OldAlignasAttr = *I; 1891 1892 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1893 if (Align > OldAlign) { 1894 OldAlign = Align; 1895 OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I; 1896 } 1897 } 1898 1899 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 1900 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0; 1901 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 1902 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1903 I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1904 E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1905 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1906 return false; 1907 1908 if (I->isAlignas()) 1909 NewAlignasAttr = *I; 1910 1911 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1912 if (Align > NewAlign) 1913 NewAlign = Align; 1914 } 1915 1916 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1917 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 1918 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 1919 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 1920 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 1921 1922 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 1923 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 1924 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 1925 QualType Ty; 1926 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 1927 Ty = VD->getType(); 1928 else 1929 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 1930 1931 if (OldAlign == 0) 1932 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1933 if (NewAlign == 0) 1934 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1935 } 1936 1937 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1938 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 1939 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 1940 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 1941 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1942 } 1943 } 1944 1945 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 1946 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 1947 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 1948 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 1949 // equivalent alignment. 1950 // C11 6.7.5/7: 1951 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 1952 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 1953 // have no alignment specifier. 1954 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 1955 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1956 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 1957 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1958 } 1959 1960 bool AnyAdded = false; 1961 1962 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 1963 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 1964 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 1965 Clone->setInherited(true); 1966 New->addAttr(Clone); 1967 AnyAdded = true; 1968 } 1969 1970 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 1971 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 1972 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 1973 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 1974 Clone->setInherited(true); 1975 New->addAttr(Clone); 1976 AnyAdded = true; 1977 } 1978 1979 return AnyAdded; 1980 } 1981 1982 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1983 bool Override) { 1984 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1985 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 1986 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1987 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1988 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1989 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1990 AA->getMessage(), Override, 1991 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1992 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1993 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1994 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1995 else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1996 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1997 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1998 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1999 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2000 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2001 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2002 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2003 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2004 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2005 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2006 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2007 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2008 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2009 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2010 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2011 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2012 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2013 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2014 NewAttr = 0; 2015 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2016 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2017 2018 if (NewAttr) { 2019 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2020 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2021 return true; 2022 } 2023 2024 return false; 2025 } 2026 2027 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2028 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2029 return TD->getDefinition(); 2030 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2031 return VD->getDefinition(); 2032 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2033 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2034 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 2035 return Def; 2036 } 2037 return NULL; 2038 } 2039 2040 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2041 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 2042 I != E; ++I) { 2043 Attr *Attribute = *I; 2044 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2045 return true; 2046 } 2047 return false; 2048 } 2049 2050 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2051 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2052 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2053 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2054 return; 2055 2056 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2057 if (!Def || Def == New) 2058 return; 2059 2060 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2061 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2062 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2063 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2064 ++I; 2065 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2066 } 2067 2068 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2069 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2070 ++I; 2071 continue; 2072 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2073 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2074 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2075 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2076 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2077 // equivalent alignment. 2078 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2079 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2080 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2081 // have no alignment specifier. 2082 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2083 << AA->isC11(); 2084 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2085 << AA->isC11(); 2086 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2087 --E; 2088 continue; 2089 } 2090 } 2091 2092 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2093 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2094 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2095 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2096 --E; 2097 } 2098 } 2099 2100 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2101 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2102 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2103 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2104 return; 2105 2106 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2107 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2108 2109 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2110 return; 2111 2112 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2113 2114 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2115 // we process them. 2116 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2117 2118 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 2119 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 2120 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 2121 i != e; ++i) { 2122 bool Override = false; 2123 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2124 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 2125 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 2126 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) { 2127 switch (AMK) { 2128 case AMK_None: 2129 continue; 2130 2131 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2132 break; 2133 2134 case AMK_Override: 2135 Override = true; 2136 break; 2137 } 2138 } 2139 2140 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override)) 2141 foundAny = true; 2142 } 2143 2144 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2145 foundAny = true; 2146 2147 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2148 } 2149 2150 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2151 /// to the new one. 2152 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2153 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2154 Sema &S) { 2155 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2156 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2157 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2158 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2159 if (newDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2160 !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2161 S.Diag(newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2162 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2163 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2164 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2165 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2166 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDeclaration(); 2167 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2168 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2169 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2170 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2171 } 2172 2173 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2174 return; 2175 2176 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2177 2178 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2179 // done before we process them. 2180 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2181 2182 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 2183 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 2184 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 2185 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 2186 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2187 cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context)); 2188 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2189 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2190 foundAny = true; 2191 } 2192 } 2193 2194 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2195 } 2196 2197 namespace { 2198 2199 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2200 /// C. 2201 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2202 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2203 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2204 QualType PromotedType; 2205 }; 2206 2207 } 2208 2209 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2210 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2211 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2212 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2213 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2214 2215 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2216 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2217 2218 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2219 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2220 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2221 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2222 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2223 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2224 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2225 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2226 } 2227 2228 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2229 } 2230 2231 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2232 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2233 /// GNU89 mode. 2234 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2235 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2236 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2237 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2238 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2239 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2240 } 2241 2242 /// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given 2243 /// declaration? 2244 static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) { 2245 CallingConv ABIDefaultCC; 2246 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) { 2247 ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic()); 2248 } else { 2249 // Free C function or a static method. 2250 ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C); 2251 } 2252 return ABIDefaultCC == CC; 2253 } 2254 2255 template <typename T> 2256 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2257 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2258 if (DC->isRecord()) 2259 return false; 2260 2261 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2262 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2263 return true; 2264 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2265 return true; 2266 return false; 2267 } 2268 2269 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2270 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2271 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2272 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2273 /// 2274 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2275 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2276 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2277 /// merged with. 2278 /// 2279 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2280 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 2281 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2282 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 2283 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 2284 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 2285 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 2286 else 2287 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 2288 if (!Old) { 2289 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2290 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2291 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2292 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2293 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2294 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2295 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2296 return true; 2297 } 2298 2299 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2300 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2301 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2302 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2303 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2304 return true; 2305 } 2306 2307 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2308 << New->getDeclName(); 2309 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2310 return true; 2311 } 2312 2313 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2314 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2315 return true; 2316 2317 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2318 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2319 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2320 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2321 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2322 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 2323 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2324 else 2325 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2326 2327 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2328 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2329 2330 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2331 // is an extern inline function. 2332 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2333 // storage classes. 2334 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2335 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2336 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2337 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2338 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2339 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2340 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2341 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2342 } else { 2343 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2344 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2345 return true; 2346 } 2347 } 2348 2349 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 2350 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 2351 // calling convention of the first. 2352 // 2353 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2354 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2355 // 2356 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 2357 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 2358 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 2359 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 2360 // because it is the default calling convention. 2361 // 2362 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2363 // other tests to run. 2364 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2365 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2366 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2367 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2368 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2369 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2370 // Fast path: nothing to do. 2371 2372 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2373 // there but not here. 2374 } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 2375 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2376 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2377 2378 // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is 2379 // effectively the same as the explict one. Only Old decl contains correct 2380 // information about storage class of CXXMethod. 2381 } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default && 2382 isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), Old)) { 2383 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2384 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2385 2386 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 2387 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 2388 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 2389 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2390 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2391 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 2392 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 2393 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 2394 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2395 return true; 2396 } 2397 2398 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2399 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2400 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2401 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2402 } 2403 2404 // Merge regparm attribute. 2405 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2406 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2407 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2408 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2409 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2410 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2411 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2412 return true; 2413 } 2414 2415 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2416 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2417 } 2418 2419 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2420 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2421 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2422 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2423 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2424 return true; 2425 } 2426 2427 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2428 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2429 } 2430 2431 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2432 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 2433 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2434 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2435 } 2436 2437 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2438 // UndefinedButUsed. 2439 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2440 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2441 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2442 Old->isUsed(false) && 2443 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2444 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2445 SourceLocation())); 2446 2447 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2448 // about it. 2449 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2450 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2451 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2452 } 2453 2454 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2455 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2456 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2457 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2458 // cannot be overloaded. 2459 2460 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2461 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p??: 2462 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2463 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2464 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2465 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2466 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2467 : OldType)->getResultType(); 2468 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2469 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2470 : NewType)->getResultType(); 2471 QualType ResQT; 2472 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType)) { 2473 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2474 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2475 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2476 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2477 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2478 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2479 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2480 else 2481 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2482 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2483 return true; 2484 } 2485 else 2486 NewQType = ResQT; 2487 } 2488 2489 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2490 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2491 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2492 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2493 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2494 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getResultType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2495 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2496 New->setType(SubstAutoType(New->getType(), OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2497 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2498 SubstAutoType(NewQType, OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2499 } 2500 } 2501 2502 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2503 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2504 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2505 // Preserve triviality. 2506 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2507 2508 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2509 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2510 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2511 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2512 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2513 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2514 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2515 2516 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2517 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2518 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2519 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2520 // is a static member function declaration. 2521 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2522 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2523 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2524 return true; 2525 } 2526 2527 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2528 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2529 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2530 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2531 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2532 unsigned NewDiag; 2533 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2534 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2535 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2536 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2537 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2538 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2539 else 2540 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2541 2542 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2543 } else { 2544 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2545 << New << New->getType(); 2546 } 2547 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2548 2549 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2550 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2551 // 2552 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2553 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2554 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2555 if (isFriend) { 2556 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2557 } else { 2558 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2559 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2560 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2561 return true; 2562 } 2563 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2564 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2565 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2566 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2567 return true; 2568 } 2569 } 2570 2571 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2572 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2573 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2574 // attribute. 2575 if (New->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>() && 2576 !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2577 Diag(New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()->getLocation(), 2578 diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2579 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2580 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2581 } 2582 2583 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2584 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2585 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2586 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2587 if (New->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2588 !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2589 Diag(New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2590 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2591 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2592 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2593 } 2594 2595 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2596 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2597 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2598 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2599 2600 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2601 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2602 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2603 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2604 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2605 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2606 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2607 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2608 } 2609 2610 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2611 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2612 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2613 return true; 2614 } 2615 2616 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2617 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2618 2619 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2620 } 2621 2622 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2623 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2624 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2625 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2626 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2627 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2628 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2629 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2630 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2631 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2632 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2633 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2634 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2635 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2636 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2637 ParamTypes, 2638 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2639 New->setType(NewQType); 2640 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2641 2642 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2643 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2644 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2645 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2646 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2647 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2648 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2649 SourceLocation(), 2650 SourceLocation(), 0, 2651 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2652 SC_None, 2653 0); 2654 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2655 Param->setImplicit(); 2656 Params.push_back(Param); 2657 } 2658 2659 New->setParams(Params); 2660 } 2661 2662 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2663 } 2664 2665 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2666 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2667 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2668 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2669 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2670 // the prototype. 2671 // 2672 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2673 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2674 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2675 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2676 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2677 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2678 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2679 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2680 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2681 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2682 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2683 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2684 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2685 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2686 2687 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2688 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2689 NewProto->getResultType()); 2690 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2691 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2692 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2693 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2694 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2695 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2696 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2697 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2698 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2699 NewParm->getType(), 2700 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2701 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2702 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2703 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2704 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2705 } else 2706 LooseCompatible = false; 2707 } 2708 2709 if (LooseCompatible) { 2710 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2711 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2712 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2713 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2714 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2715 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2716 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2717 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2718 } 2719 2720 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2721 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2722 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2723 } 2724 2725 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2726 } 2727 2728 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2729 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2730 2731 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2732 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2733 unsigned BuiltinID; 2734 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2735 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2736 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2737 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2738 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2739 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2740 << Old << Old->getType(); 2741 2742 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2743 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2744 // 2745 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2746 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2747 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2748 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2749 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2750 if (!New->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2751 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2752 2753 return false; 2754 } 2755 2756 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2757 } 2758 2759 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2760 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2761 return true; 2762 } 2763 2764 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2765 /// known to be compatible. 2766 /// 2767 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2768 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2769 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2770 /// redeclaration of Old. 2771 /// 2772 /// \returns false 2773 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2774 Scope *S) { 2775 // Merge the attributes 2776 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2777 2778 // Merge "pure" flag. 2779 if (Old->isPure()) 2780 New->setPure(); 2781 2782 // Merge "used" flag. 2783 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2784 New->setUsed(); 2785 2786 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2787 // declarations. 2788 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2789 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2790 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2791 *this); 2792 2793 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2794 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2795 2796 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2797 // and argument types. 2798 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2799 if (!Merged.isNull()) 2800 New->setType(Merged); 2801 2802 return false; 2803 } 2804 2805 2806 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2807 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2808 2809 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2810 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 2811 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 2812 : AMK_Override; 2813 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 2814 2815 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2816 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2817 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2818 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2819 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2820 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2821 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 2822 2823 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 2824 } 2825 2826 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2827 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2828 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2829 /// 2830 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2831 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2832 /// is attached. 2833 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldWasHidden) { 2834 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2835 return; 2836 2837 QualType MergedT; 2838 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2839 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 2840 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2841 return; 2842 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2843 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2844 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2845 } 2846 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2847 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2848 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2849 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2850 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2851 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2852 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2853 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2854 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2855 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2856 NewArray->getElementType())) 2857 MergedT = New->getType(); 2858 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2859 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2860 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2861 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2862 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2863 NewArray->getElementType())) 2864 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2865 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2866 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2867 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2868 Old->getType()); 2869 } 2870 } else { 2871 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2872 } 2873 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2874 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2875 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2876 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2877 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2878 } 2879 2880 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 2881 // declaration was a extern declaration in a different scope. 2882 if (!OldWasHidden) 2883 New->setType(MergedT); 2884 } 2885 2886 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2887 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2888 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2889 /// 2890 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2891 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2892 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2893 /// 2894 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous, 2895 bool PreviousWasHidden) { 2896 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2897 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2898 return; 2899 2900 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2901 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2902 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2903 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2904 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2905 << New->getDeclName(); 2906 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2907 diag::note_previous_definition); 2908 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2909 } 2910 2911 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 2912 return; 2913 2914 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2915 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2916 // 2917 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2918 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2919 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2920 << New->getIdentifier(); 2921 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2922 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2923 } 2924 2925 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2926 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2927 // declaration 2928 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2929 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2930 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2931 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2932 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2933 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2934 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2935 } 2936 2937 // Merge the types. 2938 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, PreviousWasHidden); 2939 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2940 return; 2941 2942 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 2943 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2944 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 2945 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 2946 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2947 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2948 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2949 } 2950 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2951 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2952 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2953 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2954 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2955 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2956 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2957 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2958 // identifier has external linkage. 2959 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2960 /* Okay */; 2961 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2962 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 2963 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2964 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2965 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2966 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2967 } 2968 2969 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2970 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2971 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2972 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2973 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2974 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2975 } 2976 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 2977 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 2978 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2979 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2980 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2981 } 2982 2983 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2984 2985 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2986 // need to check for mismatches. 2987 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2988 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2989 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2990 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2991 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2992 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2993 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2994 } 2995 2996 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 2997 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 2998 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2999 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3000 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3001 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3002 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3003 } else { 3004 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3005 // static and dynamic initialization. 3006 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3007 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3008 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3009 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3010 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3011 } 3012 } 3013 3014 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3015 const VarDecl *Def; 3016 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3017 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3018 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3019 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3020 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3021 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3022 return; 3023 } 3024 3025 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3026 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3027 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3028 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3029 return; 3030 } 3031 3032 // Merge "used" flag. 3033 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 3034 New->setUsed(); 3035 3036 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3037 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 3038 3039 // Inherit access appropriately. 3040 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3041 } 3042 3043 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3044 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3045 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3046 DeclSpec &DS) { 3047 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3048 } 3049 3050 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag) { 3051 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3052 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3053 // it is anonymous. 3054 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3055 return; 3056 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3057 S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3058 S.Context.setManglingNumber(Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag)); 3059 return; 3060 } 3061 3062 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3063 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3064 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3065 S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(), 3066 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3067 S.Context.setManglingNumber(Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag)); 3068 } 3069 } 3070 3071 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3072 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3073 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3074 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3075 DeclSpec &DS, 3076 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3077 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3078 Decl *TagD = 0; 3079 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 3080 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3081 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3082 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3083 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3084 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3085 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3086 3087 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3088 return 0; 3089 3090 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3091 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3092 // it's a Type. 3093 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3094 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3095 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3096 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3097 } 3098 3099 if (Tag) { 3100 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag); 3101 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3102 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3103 return Tag; 3104 } 3105 3106 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3107 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3108 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3109 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3110 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3111 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3112 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3113 } 3114 3115 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3116 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3117 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3118 if (Tag) 3119 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3120 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3121 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3122 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3123 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3124 else 3125 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3126 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3127 return TagD; 3128 } 3129 3130 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3131 3132 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3133 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3134 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3135 if (TagD && !Tag) 3136 return 0; 3137 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3138 } 3139 3140 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3141 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3142 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3143 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3144 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3145 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3146 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3147 // or an explicit specialization. 3148 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3149 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3150 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3151 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3152 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3153 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3154 << SS.getRange(); 3155 return 0; 3156 } 3157 3158 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3159 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3160 3161 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3162 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3163 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3164 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3165 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3166 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3167 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 3168 3169 DeclaresAnything = false; 3170 } 3171 } 3172 3173 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member. 3174 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3175 CurContext->isRecord() && 3176 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3177 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 3178 // struct STRUCT; 3179 // and 3180 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3181 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3182 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 3183 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 3184 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 3185 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 3186 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3187 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3188 } 3189 } 3190 3191 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3192 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3193 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3194 return TagD; 3195 3196 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3197 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3198 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3199 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3200 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3201 DeclaresAnything = false; 3202 3203 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3204 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3205 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3206 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3207 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3208 else 3209 DeclaresAnything = false; 3210 } 3211 3212 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3213 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3214 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3215 << Tag->getTagKind() 3216 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3217 3218 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3219 3220 // C 6.7/2: 3221 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3222 // or the members of an enumeration. 3223 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3224 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3225 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3226 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3227 // previous declaration. 3228 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3229 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3230 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3231 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3232 return TagD; 3233 } 3234 3235 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3236 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3237 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3238 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3239 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3240 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3241 // 3242 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3243 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3244 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3245 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3246 3247 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3248 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3249 // useless. 3250 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 3251 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3252 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3253 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3254 3255 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3256 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3257 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3258 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3259 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3260 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3261 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3262 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3263 // Restrict is covered above. 3264 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3265 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3266 } 3267 3268 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3269 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3270 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3271 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3272 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3273 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3274 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3275 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3276 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3277 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3278 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3279 while (attrs) { 3280 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3281 << attrs->getName() 3282 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3283 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3284 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3285 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3286 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3287 } 3288 } 3289 } 3290 3291 return TagD; 3292 } 3293 3294 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3295 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3296 /// 3297 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3298 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3299 Scope *S, 3300 DeclContext *Owner, 3301 DeclarationName Name, 3302 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3303 unsigned diagnostic) { 3304 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3305 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3306 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3307 3308 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3309 return false; 3310 3311 // Pick a representative declaration. 3312 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3313 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3314 3315 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3316 return false; 3317 3318 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3319 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3320 3321 return true; 3322 } 3323 3324 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3325 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3326 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3327 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3328 /// struct, e.g., 3329 /// 3330 /// @code 3331 /// union { 3332 /// int i; 3333 /// float f; 3334 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3335 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3336 /// @endcode 3337 /// 3338 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3339 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3340 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3341 DeclContext *Owner, 3342 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3343 AccessSpecifier AS, 3344 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3345 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3346 unsigned diagKind 3347 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3348 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3349 3350 bool Invalid = false; 3351 3352 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3353 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 3354 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 3355 D != DEnd; ++D) { 3356 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 3357 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 3358 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 3359 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3360 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3361 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3362 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3363 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3364 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3365 Invalid = true; 3366 } else { 3367 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3368 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3369 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3370 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3371 // anonymous union is declared. 3372 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3373 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3374 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 3375 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 3376 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 3377 else 3378 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3379 3380 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3381 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3382 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3383 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3384 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3385 3386 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 3387 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 3388 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3389 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3390 3391 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3392 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3393 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3394 3395 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3396 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3397 3398 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3399 } 3400 } 3401 } 3402 3403 return Invalid; 3404 } 3405 3406 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3407 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3408 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3409 static StorageClass 3410 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3411 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3412 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3413 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3414 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3415 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3416 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3417 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3418 return SC_None; 3419 return SC_Extern; 3420 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3421 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3422 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3423 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3424 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3425 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3426 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3427 } 3428 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3429 } 3430 3431 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3432 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3433 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3434 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3435 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3436 AccessSpecifier AS, 3437 RecordDecl *Record) { 3438 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3439 3440 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3441 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3442 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3443 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3444 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3445 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3446 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3447 3448 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3449 // structs/unions. 3450 bool Invalid = false; 3451 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3452 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3453 unsigned DiagID; 3454 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3455 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3456 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3457 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3458 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3459 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3460 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3461 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3462 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3463 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3464 3465 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3466 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3467 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3468 } 3469 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3470 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3471 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3472 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3473 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3474 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3475 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3476 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3477 3478 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3479 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3480 SourceLocation(), 3481 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3482 } 3483 } 3484 3485 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3486 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3487 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3488 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3489 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3490 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3491 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3492 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3493 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3494 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3495 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3496 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3497 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3498 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3499 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3500 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3501 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3502 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3503 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3504 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3505 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3506 3507 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3508 } 3509 3510 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3511 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3512 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3513 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3514 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3515 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3516 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3517 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3518 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3519 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3520 // members (clause 11). 3521 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3522 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3523 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3524 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3525 Invalid = true; 3526 } 3527 3528 // C++ [class.union]p1 3529 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3530 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3531 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3532 // array of such objects. 3533 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3534 Invalid = true; 3535 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3536 // Any implicit members are fine. 3537 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3538 // This is a type that showed up in an 3539 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3540 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3541 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3542 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3543 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3544 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3545 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3546 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3547 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3548 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3549 else { 3550 // This is a nested type declaration. 3551 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3552 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3553 Invalid = true; 3554 } 3555 } else { 3556 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3557 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3558 // not part of standard C++. 3559 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3560 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3561 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3562 } 3563 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3564 // Any access specifier is fine. 3565 } else { 3566 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3567 // member. Complain about it. 3568 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3569 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3570 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3571 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3572 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3573 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3574 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3575 3576 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3577 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3578 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3579 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3580 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3581 else { 3582 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3583 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3584 Invalid = true; 3585 } 3586 } 3587 } 3588 } 3589 3590 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3591 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3592 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3593 Invalid = true; 3594 } 3595 3596 // Mock up a declarator. 3597 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3598 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3599 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3600 3601 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3602 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3603 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3604 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3605 DS.getLocStart(), 3606 Record->getLocation(), 3607 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3608 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3609 TInfo, 3610 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3611 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3612 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3613 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3614 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3615 } else { 3616 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3617 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 3618 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3619 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3620 // an error here 3621 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3622 Invalid = true; 3623 SC = SC_None; 3624 } 3625 3626 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3627 DS.getLocStart(), 3628 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3629 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3630 TInfo, SC); 3631 3632 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3633 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3634 // initializer: 3635 // union { int n = 0; }; 3636 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3637 } 3638 Anon->setImplicit(); 3639 3640 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3641 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3642 // its members. 3643 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3644 3645 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3646 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3647 // purposes. 3648 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3649 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3650 3651 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3652 Chain, false)) 3653 Invalid = true; 3654 3655 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3656 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3657 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3658 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3659 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3660 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3661 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3662 3663 if (Invalid) 3664 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3665 3666 return Anon; 3667 } 3668 3669 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3670 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3671 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3672 /// Example: 3673 /// 3674 /// struct A { int a; }; 3675 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3676 /// 3677 /// void foo() { 3678 /// B var; 3679 /// var.a = 3; 3680 /// } 3681 /// 3682 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3683 RecordDecl *Record) { 3684 3685 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3686 if (!Record) 3687 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3688 3689 // Mock up a declarator. 3690 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3691 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3692 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3693 3694 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3695 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3696 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3697 DS.getLocStart(), 3698 DS.getLocStart(), 3699 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3700 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3701 TInfo, 3702 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3703 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3704 Anon->setImplicit(); 3705 3706 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3707 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3708 3709 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3710 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3711 // purposes. 3712 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3713 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3714 3715 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3716 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3717 RecordDef, AS_none, 3718 Chain, true)) 3719 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3720 3721 return Anon; 3722 } 3723 3724 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3725 /// given Declarator. 3726 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3727 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3728 } 3729 3730 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3731 DeclarationNameInfo 3732 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3733 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3734 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3735 3736 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3737 3738 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3739 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3740 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3741 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3742 return NameInfo; 3743 3744 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3745 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3746 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3747 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3748 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3749 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3750 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3751 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3752 return NameInfo; 3753 3754 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3755 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3756 Name.Identifier)); 3757 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3758 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3759 return NameInfo; 3760 3761 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3762 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3763 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3764 if (Ty.isNull()) 3765 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3766 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3767 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3768 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3769 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3770 return NameInfo; 3771 } 3772 3773 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3774 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3775 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3776 if (Ty.isNull()) 3777 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3778 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3779 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3780 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3781 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3782 return NameInfo; 3783 } 3784 3785 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3786 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3787 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3788 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3789 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3790 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3791 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3792 3793 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3794 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3795 3796 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3797 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3798 // was qualified. 3799 3800 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3801 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3802 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3803 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3804 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3805 return NameInfo; 3806 } 3807 3808 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3809 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3810 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3811 if (Ty.isNull()) 3812 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3813 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3814 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3815 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3816 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3817 return NameInfo; 3818 } 3819 3820 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3821 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3822 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3823 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3824 } 3825 3826 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3827 3828 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3829 } 3830 3831 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3832 do { 3833 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3834 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3835 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3836 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3837 else 3838 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3839 } while (true); 3840 } 3841 3842 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3843 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3844 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3845 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3846 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3847 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3848 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3849 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3850 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3851 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3852 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3853 Params.clear(); 3854 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3855 return false; 3856 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3857 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3858 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3859 3860 // The parameter types are identical 3861 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3862 continue; 3863 3864 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3865 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3866 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3867 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3868 3869 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3870 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3871 Params.push_back(Idx); 3872 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3873 return false; 3874 } 3875 3876 return true; 3877 } 3878 3879 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3880 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3881 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3882 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3883 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3884 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3885 DeclarationName Name) { 3886 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3887 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3888 // - types which will become injected class names 3889 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3890 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3891 // few cases here. 3892 3893 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3894 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3895 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3896 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3897 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3898 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3899 // Grab the type from the parser. 3900 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3901 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3902 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3903 3904 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3905 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3906 // attached already. 3907 if (!TSI) 3908 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3909 3910 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3911 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3912 if (!TSI) return true; 3913 3914 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3915 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3916 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3917 break; 3918 } 3919 3920 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3921 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3922 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3923 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3924 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3925 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3926 break; 3927 } 3928 3929 default: 3930 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3931 break; 3932 } 3933 3934 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3935 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3936 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3937 3938 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3939 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3940 // pointer. 3941 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3942 continue; 3943 3944 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3945 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3946 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3947 return true; 3948 } 3949 3950 return false; 3951 } 3952 3953 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3954 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3955 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3956 3957 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3958 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3959 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3960 3961 return Dcl; 3962 } 3963 3964 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3965 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3966 /// name different from T: 3967 /// - every static data member of class T; 3968 /// - every member function of class T 3969 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3970 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3971 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3972 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3973 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3974 3975 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3976 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3977 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3978 return true; 3979 } 3980 3981 return false; 3982 } 3983 3984 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3985 /// nested-name-specifier. 3986 /// 3987 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3988 /// 3989 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3990 /// resolves. 3991 /// 3992 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3993 /// 3994 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3995 /// 3996 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3997 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3998 DeclarationName Name, 3999 SourceLocation Loc) { 4000 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4001 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 4002 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4003 4004 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4005 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 4006 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 4007 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 4008 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 4009 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 4010 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 4011 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 4012 4013 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4014 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 4015 // 4016 // class X { 4017 // void X::f(); 4018 // }; 4019 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4020 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4021 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4022 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4023 SS.clear(); 4024 return false; 4025 } 4026 4027 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4028 // declaration. 4029 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4030 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4031 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4032 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4033 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4034 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4035 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4036 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4037 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4038 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4039 else 4040 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4041 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4042 4043 return true; 4044 } 4045 4046 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4047 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4048 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4049 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4050 SS.clear(); 4051 4052 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4053 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4054 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4055 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4056 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4057 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4058 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4059 return true; 4060 4061 return false; 4062 } 4063 4064 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4065 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4066 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4067 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4068 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4069 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4070 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4071 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4072 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4073 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4074 4075 return false; 4076 } 4077 4078 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4079 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4080 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4081 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4082 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4083 4084 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4085 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4086 if (!Name) { 4087 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4088 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4089 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4090 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4091 return 0; 4092 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4093 return 0; 4094 4095 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4096 // we find one that is. 4097 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4098 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4099 S = S->getParent(); 4100 4101 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4102 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4103 D.setInvalidType(); 4104 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4105 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4106 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4107 return 0; 4108 4109 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4110 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4111 if (!DC) { 4112 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4113 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4114 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4115 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4116 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4117 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4118 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4119 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4120 return 0; 4121 } 4122 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4123 4124 if (!IsDependentContext && 4125 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4126 return 0; 4127 4128 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4129 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4130 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4131 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4132 D.setInvalidType(); 4133 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4134 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4135 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4136 if (DC->isRecord()) 4137 return 0; 4138 4139 D.setInvalidType(); 4140 } 4141 } 4142 4143 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4144 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4145 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4146 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4147 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4148 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4149 D.setInvalidType(); 4150 } 4151 } 4152 4153 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4154 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4155 // Just return early; it's safer. 4156 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4157 return 0; 4158 4159 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4160 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4161 4162 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4163 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4164 D.setInvalidType(); 4165 4166 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4167 ForRedeclaration); 4168 4169 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4170 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4171 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4172 4173 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4174 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4175 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4176 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4177 /* Do nothing*/; 4178 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4179 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 4180 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4181 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4182 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 4183 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4184 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4185 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4186 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4187 4188 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4189 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4190 4191 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 4192 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4193 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4194 4195 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4196 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4197 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4198 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4199 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4200 // thereof; [...] 4201 // 4202 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4203 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4204 // we want to match. For example, given: 4205 // 4206 // class X { 4207 // void f(); 4208 // void f(float); 4209 // }; 4210 // 4211 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4212 // 4213 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4214 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4215 // matches. 4216 4217 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4218 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4219 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4220 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4221 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4222 } 4223 4224 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4225 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4226 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4227 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4228 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4229 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4230 4231 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4232 Previous.clear(); 4233 } 4234 4235 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4236 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4237 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4238 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4239 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4240 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4241 Previous.clear(); 4242 4243 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4244 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4245 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4246 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4247 4248 NamedDecl *New; 4249 4250 bool AddToScope = true; 4251 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4252 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4253 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4254 return 0; 4255 } 4256 4257 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4258 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4259 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4260 TemplateParamLists, 4261 AddToScope); 4262 } else { 4263 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4264 AddToScope); 4265 } 4266 4267 if (New == 0) 4268 return 0; 4269 4270 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4271 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4272 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4273 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 4274 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 4275 4276 return New; 4277 } 4278 4279 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4280 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4281 /// GCC compatibility). 4282 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4283 ASTContext &Context, 4284 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4285 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4286 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4287 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4288 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4289 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4290 SizeIsNegative = false; 4291 Oversized = 0; 4292 4293 if (T->isDependentType()) 4294 return QualType(); 4295 4296 QualifierCollector Qs; 4297 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4298 4299 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4300 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4301 QualType FixedType = 4302 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4303 Oversized); 4304 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4305 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4306 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4307 } 4308 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4309 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4310 QualType FixedType = 4311 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4312 Oversized); 4313 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4314 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4315 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4316 } 4317 4318 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4319 if (!VLATy) 4320 return QualType(); 4321 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4322 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4323 return QualType(); 4324 4325 llvm::APSInt Res; 4326 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4327 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4328 return QualType(); 4329 4330 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4331 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4332 SizeIsNegative = true; 4333 return QualType(); 4334 } 4335 4336 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4337 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4338 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4339 Res); 4340 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4341 Oversized = Res; 4342 return QualType(); 4343 } 4344 4345 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4346 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4347 } 4348 4349 static void 4350 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4351 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4352 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4353 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4354 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4355 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4356 return; 4357 } 4358 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4359 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4360 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4361 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4362 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4363 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4364 return; 4365 } 4366 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4367 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4368 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4369 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4370 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4371 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4372 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4373 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4374 } 4375 4376 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4377 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4378 /// GCC compatibility). 4379 static TypeSourceInfo* 4380 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4381 ASTContext &Context, 4382 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4383 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4384 QualType FixedTy 4385 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4386 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4387 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4388 return 0; 4389 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4390 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4391 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4392 return FixedTInfo; 4393 } 4394 4395 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4396 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 4397 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 4398 /// function-scope declarations. 4399 void 4400 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 4401 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4402 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 4403 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 4404 return; 4405 4406 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4407 // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked 4408 // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C. 4409 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4410 } 4411 4412 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4413 if (ExternalSource) { 4414 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4415 // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls? 4416 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4417 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4418 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4419 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4420 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4421 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4422 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4423 } 4424 } 4425 4426 NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name); 4427 return D ? cast<NamedDecl>(D->getMostRecentDecl()) : 0; 4428 } 4429 4430 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4431 /// does not identify a function. 4432 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4433 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4434 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4435 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4436 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4437 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4438 4439 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4440 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4441 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4442 4443 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4444 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4445 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4446 4447 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4448 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4449 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4450 } 4451 4452 NamedDecl* 4453 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4454 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4455 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4456 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4457 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4458 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4459 D.setInvalidType(); 4460 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4461 DC = CurContext; 4462 Previous.clear(); 4463 } 4464 4465 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4466 4467 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4468 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4469 << 1; 4470 4471 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4472 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4473 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4474 return 0; 4475 } 4476 4477 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4478 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4479 4480 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4481 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4482 4483 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4484 4485 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4486 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4487 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4488 return ND; 4489 } 4490 4491 void 4492 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4493 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4494 // then it shall have block scope. 4495 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4496 // that redeclarations will match. 4497 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4498 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4499 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4500 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4501 4502 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4503 bool SizeIsNegative; 4504 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4505 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4506 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4507 SizeIsNegative, 4508 Oversized); 4509 if (FixedTInfo) { 4510 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4511 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4512 } else { 4513 if (SizeIsNegative) 4514 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4515 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4516 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4517 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4518 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4519 << Oversized.toString(10); 4520 else 4521 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4522 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4523 } 4524 } 4525 } 4526 } 4527 4528 4529 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4530 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4531 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4532 NamedDecl* 4533 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4534 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4535 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4536 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4537 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4538 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4539 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4540 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4541 Redeclaration = true; 4542 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4543 } 4544 4545 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4546 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4547 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4548 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4549 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4550 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4551 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4552 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4553 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4554 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4555 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4556 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4557 } 4558 4559 return NewTD; 4560 } 4561 4562 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4563 /// previous declaration. 4564 /// 4565 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4566 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4567 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4568 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4569 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4570 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4571 /// 4572 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4573 /// lookup 4574 /// 4575 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4576 /// declared. 4577 /// 4578 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4579 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4580 static bool 4581 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4582 ASTContext &Context) { 4583 if (!PrevDecl) 4584 return false; 4585 4586 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4587 return false; 4588 4589 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4590 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4591 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4592 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4593 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4594 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4595 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4596 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4597 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4598 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4599 return false; 4600 4601 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4602 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4603 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4604 return false; 4605 4606 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4607 // previous declarations. 4608 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4609 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4610 4611 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4612 // isn't the same function. 4613 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4614 return false; 4615 } 4616 4617 return true; 4618 } 4619 4620 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4621 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4622 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4623 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4624 } 4625 4626 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4627 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4628 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4629 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4630 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4631 unsigned kind = -1U; 4632 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4633 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4634 kind = 0; // __block 4635 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4636 kind = 1; // global 4637 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4638 kind = 3; // ivar 4639 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4640 kind = 2; // field 4641 } 4642 4643 if (kind != -1U) { 4644 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4645 << kind; 4646 } 4647 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4648 // Try to infer lifetime. 4649 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4650 return false; 4651 4652 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4653 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4654 decl->setType(type); 4655 } 4656 4657 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4658 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4659 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4660 var->getTLSKind()) { 4661 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4662 << var->getType(); 4663 return true; 4664 } 4665 } 4666 4667 return false; 4668 } 4669 4670 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 4671 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 4672 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 4673 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4674 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 4675 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 4676 } 4677 } 4678 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 4679 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4680 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 4681 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 4682 } 4683 } 4684 4685 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations. 4686 // It does not apply to functions. 4687 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 4688 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4689 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 4690 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 4691 } 4692 } 4693 } 4694 4695 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 4696 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 4697 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 4698 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 4699 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 4700 4701 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 4702 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 4703 4704 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 4705 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 4706 return false; 4707 4708 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 4709 4710 #ifndef NDEBUG 4711 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 4712 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 4713 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 4714 // builds. This is an awful hack. 4715 FD->setLazyBody(1); 4716 #endif 4717 4718 bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline); 4719 4720 #ifndef NDEBUG 4721 FD->setLazyBody(0); 4722 #endif 4723 4724 return isC99Inline; 4725 } 4726 4727 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 4728 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 4729 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 4730 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 4731 /// 4732 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 4733 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 4734 /// 4735 /// For instance: 4736 /// 4737 /// auto x = []{}; 4738 /// 4739 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 4740 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 4741 /// 4742 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 4743 template<typename T> 4744 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 4745 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4746 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 4747 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 4748 return false; 4749 } 4750 return D->isExternC(); 4751 } 4752 4753 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 4754 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4755 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4756 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 4757 if (DC->isFileContext()) 4758 return true; 4759 if (DC->isRecord()) 4760 return false; 4761 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4762 } 4763 4764 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 4765 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4766 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4767 return true; 4768 if (DC->isRecord()) 4769 return false; 4770 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4771 } 4772 4773 bool Sema::HandleVariableRedeclaration(Decl *D, CXXScopeSpec &SS) { 4774 // If this is a redeclaration of a variable template or a forward 4775 // declaration of a variable template partial specialization 4776 // with nested name specifier, complain. 4777 4778 if (D && SS.isNotEmpty() && 4779 (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(D) || 4780 isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(D))) { 4781 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_forward_var_nested_name_specifier) 4782 << isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(D) << SS.getRange(); 4783 return true; 4784 } 4785 return false; 4786 } 4787 4788 NamedDecl * 4789 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4790 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4791 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 4792 bool &AddToScope) { 4793 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4794 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4795 4796 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4797 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = 4798 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 4799 4800 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 4801 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 4802 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 4803 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 4804 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 4805 D.setInvalidType(); 4806 } 4807 } 4808 4809 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4810 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4811 // an error here 4812 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4813 D.setInvalidType(); 4814 SC = SC_None; 4815 } 4816 4817 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 4818 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 4819 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 4820 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 4821 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 4822 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 4823 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4824 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 4825 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4826 } 4827 4828 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4829 if (!II) { 4830 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4831 << Name; 4832 return 0; 4833 } 4834 4835 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4836 4837 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4838 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4839 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4840 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4841 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4842 // is a GNU extension. 4843 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4844 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4845 else 4846 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4847 D.setInvalidType(); 4848 } 4849 } 4850 4851 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4852 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4853 // OpenCL __local address space. 4854 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 4855 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4856 } 4857 4858 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 4859 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 4860 // space qualifiers. 4861 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 4862 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 4863 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 4864 } 4865 4866 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 4867 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 4868 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 4869 // address space qualifiers. 4870 if (R->isEventT()) { 4871 if (S->getParent() == 0) { 4872 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 4873 D.setInvalidType(); 4874 } 4875 4876 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 4877 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 4878 D.setInvalidType(); 4879 } 4880 } 4881 } 4882 4883 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 4884 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 4885 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 4886 bool Invalid = false; // TODO: Can we remove this (error-prone)? 4887 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 0; 4888 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 0; 4889 VarDecl *NewVD; 4890 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4891 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4892 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4893 R, TInfo, SC); 4894 4895 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4896 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4897 } else { 4898 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4899 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4900 switch (SC) { 4901 case SC_None: 4902 break; 4903 case SC_Static: 4904 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4905 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4906 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4907 break; 4908 case SC_Auto: 4909 case SC_Register: 4910 case SC_Extern: 4911 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 4912 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 4913 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 4914 // of class members 4915 4916 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4917 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 4918 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4919 break; 4920 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4921 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 4922 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4923 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 4924 } 4925 } 4926 4927 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4928 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4929 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4930 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4931 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4932 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4933 4934 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4935 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4936 if (RD->isUnion()) 4937 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4938 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 4939 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4940 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4941 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4942 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4943 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4944 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4945 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4946 } 4947 } 4948 4949 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 4950 if (Previous.begin() != Previous.end()) 4951 PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4952 PrevVarTemplate = dyn_cast_or_null<VarTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl); 4953 4954 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4955 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4956 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4957 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4958 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, 4959 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 4960 if (TemplateParams) { 4961 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 4962 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4963 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4964 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4965 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4966 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4967 << II 4968 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4969 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4970 } else { 4971 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 4972 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4973 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y 4974 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 4975 : diag::ext_variable_template); 4976 4977 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4978 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 4979 // Check that we can declare a specialization here 4980 4981 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 4982 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 4983 4984 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 4985 // This is a template declaration. 4986 4987 // Check that we can declare a template here. 4988 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 4989 return 0; 4990 4991 // If there is a previous declaration with the same name, check 4992 // whether this is a valid redeclaration. 4993 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S)) 4994 PrevDecl = PrevVarTemplate = 0; 4995 4996 if (PrevVarTemplate) { 4997 // Ensure that the template parameter lists are compatible. 4998 if (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual( 4999 TemplateParams, PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 5000 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 5001 return 0; 5002 } else if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 5003 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5004 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 5005 5006 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5007 PrevDecl = 0; 5008 } else if (PrevDecl) { 5009 // C++ [temp]p5: 5010 // ... a template name declared in namespace scope or in class 5011 // scope shall be unique in that scope. 5012 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 5013 << Name; 5014 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5015 return 0; 5016 } 5017 5018 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 5019 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 5020 // template declaration. 5021 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 5022 TemplateParams, 5023 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 5024 : 0, 5025 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 5026 DC->isDependentContext()) 5027 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5028 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 5029 Invalid = true; 5030 5031 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5032 // If the name of the template was qualified, we must be defining 5033 // the template out-of-line. 5034 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid() && !Invalid && 5035 !PrevVarTemplate) { 5036 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 5037 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5038 Invalid = true; 5039 } 5040 } 5041 } 5042 } 5043 } else if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5044 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5045 5046 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5047 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5048 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5049 // too few of them). 5050 // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations 5051 // (starting with "template") and the rest. 5052 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5053 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5054 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5055 "template<> "); 5056 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5057 } 5058 5059 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5060 if (!PrevVarTemplate) { 5061 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_var_spec_no_template) 5062 << IsPartialSpecialization; 5063 return 0; 5064 } 5065 5066 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5067 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5068 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5069 : SourceLocation(); 5070 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5071 S, PrevVarTemplate, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5072 IsPartialSpecialization); 5073 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5074 return 0; 5075 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5076 AddToScope = false; 5077 } else 5078 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5079 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5080 5081 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5082 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5083 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5084 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5085 5086 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 5087 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5088 5089 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5090 5091 // FIXME: Do we need D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()? 5092 if (TemplateParams && TemplateParamLists.size() > 1 && 5093 (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization || D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())) { 5094 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5095 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, TemplateParamLists.data()); 5096 } else if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization || 5097 (!TemplateParams && TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && 5098 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()))) { 5099 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5100 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5101 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5102 } 5103 5104 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5105 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5106 } 5107 5108 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5109 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5110 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5111 5112 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5113 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) { 5114 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5115 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5116 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5117 // explicitly. 5118 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5119 // 'extern'. 5120 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 5121 TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local && 5122 DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5123 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5124 else 5125 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5126 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5127 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5128 } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 5129 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5130 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5131 else 5132 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5133 } 5134 5135 // C99 6.7.4p3 5136 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5137 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5138 // thread storage duration... 5139 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5140 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5141 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5142 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5143 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5144 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 5145 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5146 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5147 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5148 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5149 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5150 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5151 } 5152 } 5153 5154 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5155 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5156 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5157 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5158 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5159 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5160 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5161 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5162 << 2 5163 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5164 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5165 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5166 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5167 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5168 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5169 else 5170 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5171 } 5172 5173 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5174 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5175 5176 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 5177 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 5178 5179 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5180 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5181 // storage [duration]." 5182 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 5183 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5184 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5185 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5186 } 5187 } 5188 5189 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5190 // retainable type. 5191 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5192 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5193 5194 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5195 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5196 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5197 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5198 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5199 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 5200 switch (SC) { 5201 case SC_None: 5202 case SC_Auto: 5203 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5204 break; 5205 case SC_Register: 5206 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5207 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5208 break; 5209 case SC_Static: 5210 case SC_Extern: 5211 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5212 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5213 break; 5214 } 5215 } 5216 5217 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5218 Context, Label)); 5219 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5220 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5221 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5222 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5223 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5224 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5225 } 5226 } 5227 5228 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5229 // FIXME: Special treatment for static variable template members (?). 5230 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 5231 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5232 5233 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5234 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5235 // declaration has linkage). 5236 FilterLookupForScope( 5237 Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5238 IsExplicitSpecialization || IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 5239 5240 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5241 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5242 } else { 5243 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5244 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5245 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5246 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5247 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5248 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5249 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5250 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5251 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5252 Previous.clear(); 5253 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5254 } 5255 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5256 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5257 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5258 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5259 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5260 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5261 } 5262 5263 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5264 if (PrevVarTemplate) { 5265 LookupResult PrevDecl(*this, GetNameForDeclarator(D), 5266 LookupOrdinaryName, ForRedeclaration); 5267 PrevDecl.addDecl(PrevVarTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); 5268 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, PrevDecl)); 5269 } else 5270 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5271 } 5272 5273 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 5274 // FIXME: Special treatment for static variable template members (?). 5275 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5276 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5277 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5278 } 5279 5280 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5281 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewVD); 5282 5283 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 5284 // the map of such variables. 5285 if (!NewVD->getPreviousDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5286 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 5287 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 5288 5289 if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5290 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5291 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 5292 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 5293 ManglingContextDecl)) { 5294 Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD)); 5295 } 5296 } 5297 5298 // If this is not a variable template, return it now 5299 if (!TemplateParams || IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5300 return NewVD; 5301 5302 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5303 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = 5304 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5305 TemplateParams, NewVD, PrevVarTemplate); 5306 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5307 5308 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 5309 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5310 5311 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 5312 // template, make a note of that. 5313 if (PrevVarTemplate && PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 5314 NewTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 5315 5316 // Set the lexical context of this template 5317 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5318 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && NewVD->isOutOfLine()) 5319 NewTemplate->setAccess(NewVD->getAccess()); 5320 5321 if (PrevVarTemplate) 5322 mergeDeclAttributes(NewVD, PrevVarTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); 5323 5324 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 5325 5326 PushOnScopeChains(NewTemplate, S); 5327 AddToScope = false; 5328 5329 if (Invalid) { 5330 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5331 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5332 } 5333 5334 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 5335 5336 return NewTemplate; 5337 } 5338 5339 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5340 /// -Wshadow. 5341 /// 5342 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5343 /// scope. 5344 /// 5345 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5346 /// \param R the lookup of the name 5347 /// 5348 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5349 // Return if warning is ignored. 5350 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 5351 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5352 return; 5353 5354 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5355 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5356 return; 5357 5358 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5359 5360 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5361 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5362 return; 5363 5364 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5365 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5366 return; 5367 5368 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5369 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5370 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5371 if (MD->isStatic()) 5372 return; 5373 5374 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5375 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5376 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5377 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5378 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 5379 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 5380 I != E; ++I) 5381 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5382 ShadowedDecl = *I; 5383 break; 5384 } 5385 } 5386 5387 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5388 5389 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5390 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5391 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5392 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5393 return; 5394 5395 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5396 // static data members from base classes? 5397 5398 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5399 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5400 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5401 } 5402 5403 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5404 unsigned Kind; 5405 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5406 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5407 Kind = 3; // field 5408 else 5409 Kind = 2; // static data member 5410 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5411 Kind = 1; // global 5412 else 5413 Kind = 0; // local 5414 5415 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5416 5417 // Emit warning and note. 5418 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5419 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5420 } 5421 5422 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5423 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5424 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 5425 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5426 return; 5427 5428 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5429 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5430 LookupName(R, S); 5431 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5432 } 5433 5434 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 5435 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 5436 template<typename T> 5437 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 5438 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 5439 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 5440 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 5441 5442 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5443 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 5444 // declaration. 5445 return false; 5446 } 5447 5448 if (Prev) { 5449 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5450 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 5451 // redeclaration. 5452 Previous.clear(); 5453 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5454 return true; 5455 } 5456 5457 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 5458 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 5459 // declaration. 5460 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 5461 return false; 5462 } else { 5463 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 5464 // translation unit which might conflict. 5465 if (IsGlobal) { 5466 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 5467 IsGlobal = false; 5468 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 5469 I != E; ++I) { 5470 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5471 Prev = *I; 5472 break; 5473 } 5474 } 5475 } else { 5476 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 5477 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 5478 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 5479 I != E; ++I) { 5480 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5481 Prev = *I; 5482 break; 5483 } 5484 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 5485 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 5486 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 5487 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 5488 // diagnostic. 5489 } 5490 } 5491 5492 if (!Prev) 5493 return false; 5494 } 5495 5496 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 5497 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 5498 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 5499 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 5500 Prev = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 5501 else 5502 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDeclaration(); 5503 5504 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 5505 << IsGlobal << ND; 5506 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 5507 << IsGlobal; 5508 return false; 5509 } 5510 5511 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 5512 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 5513 /// 5514 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 5515 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 5516 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 5517 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 5518 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 5519 template<typename T> 5520 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 5521 LookupResult &Previous) { 5522 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5523 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 5524 // variable declared in function scope. 5525 // 5526 // FIXME: The corresponding case in C++ does not work. We should instead 5527 // set the semantic DC for an extern local variable to be the innermost 5528 // enclosing namespace, and ensure they are only found by redeclaration 5529 // lookup. 5530 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5531 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 5532 Previous.clear(); 5533 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5534 return true; 5535 } 5536 } 5537 return false; 5538 } 5539 5540 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 5541 // declaration. 5542 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5543 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 5544 5545 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 5546 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 5547 // in another scope. 5548 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 5549 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 5550 5551 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 5552 return false; 5553 } 5554 5555 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 5556 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5557 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5558 return; 5559 5560 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5561 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5562 5563 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 5564 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 5565 return; 5566 5567 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5568 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 5569 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 5570 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5571 NewVD->setType(T); 5572 } 5573 5574 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 5575 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 5576 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 5577 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 5578 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5579 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 5580 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5581 return; 5582 } 5583 5584 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 5585 // __constant address space. 5586 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 5587 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 5588 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 5589 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 5590 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5591 return; 5592 } 5593 5594 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 5595 // scope. 5596 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 5597 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5598 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 5599 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5600 return; 5601 } 5602 5603 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 5604 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5605 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 5606 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 5607 else { 5608 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 5609 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 5610 } 5611 } 5612 5613 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 5614 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 5615 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5616 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5617 5618 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 5619 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 5620 bool SizeIsNegative; 5621 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5622 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5623 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5624 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5625 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 5626 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 5627 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 5628 // int a[10][n]; 5629 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 5630 5631 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5632 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 5633 << SizeRange; 5634 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 5635 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 5636 << SizeRange; 5637 else 5638 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 5639 << SizeRange; 5640 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5641 return; 5642 } 5643 5644 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 5645 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5646 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5647 else 5648 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 5649 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5650 return; 5651 } 5652 5653 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5654 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 5655 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5656 } 5657 5658 if (T->isVoidType()) { 5659 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 5660 // of objects and functions. 5661 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5662 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 5663 << T; 5664 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5665 return; 5666 } 5667 } 5668 5669 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5670 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5671 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5672 return; 5673 } 5674 5675 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5676 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 5677 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5678 return; 5679 } 5680 5681 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 5682 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 5683 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 5684 // Can't perform this check until the type is deduced. 5685 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5686 return; 5687 } 5688 } 5689 5690 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 5691 /// declaration. 5692 /// 5693 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 5694 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 5695 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 5696 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 5697 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 5698 /// 5699 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 5700 /// 5701 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 5702 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 5703 LookupResult &Previous) { 5704 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 5705 5706 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5707 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5708 return false; 5709 5710 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 5711 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 5712 // 5713 // Clang has a lot of problems with extern local declarations. 5714 // The actual standards text here is: 5715 // 5716 // C++11 [basic.link]p6: 5717 // The name of a function declared in block scope and the name 5718 // of a variable declared by a block scope extern declaration 5719 // have linkage. If there is a visible declaration of an entity 5720 // with linkage having the same name and type, ignoring entities 5721 // declared outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the 5722 // block scope declaration declares that same entity and 5723 // receives the linkage of the previous declaration. 5724 // 5725 // C11 6.2.7p4: 5726 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 5727 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 5728 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 5729 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 5730 // declaration becomes the composite type. 5731 // 5732 // The most important point here is that we're not allowed to 5733 // update our understanding of the type according to declarations 5734 // not in scope. 5735 bool PreviousWasHidden = 5736 Previous.empty() && 5737 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous); 5738 5739 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 5740 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 5741 5742 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5743 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous, PreviousWasHidden); 5744 return true; 5745 } 5746 return false; 5747 } 5748 5749 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 5750 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 5751 Sema *S; 5752 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 5753 }; 5754 5755 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 5756 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 5757 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 5758 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 5759 CXXBasePath &Path, 5760 void *UserData) { 5761 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 5762 5763 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 5764 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 5765 5766 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 5767 5768 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 5769 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5770 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 5771 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 5772 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 5773 5774 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 5775 } 5776 5777 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 5778 !Path.Decls.empty(); 5779 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 5780 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 5781 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 5782 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 5783 return true; 5784 } 5785 } 5786 5787 return false; 5788 } 5789 5790 namespace { 5791 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 5792 } 5793 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 5794 /// overriden methods. 5795 /// 5796 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 5797 /// \param MD the overriding method. 5798 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 5799 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 5800 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 5801 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 5802 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 5803 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 5804 I != E; ++I) { 5805 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 5806 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 5807 // out the diag loop 3 times. 5808 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 5809 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 5810 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 5811 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5812 } 5813 } 5814 5815 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 5816 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 5817 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 5818 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 5819 CXXBasePaths Paths; 5820 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 5821 Data.Method = MD; 5822 Data.S = this; 5823 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5824 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5825 bool AddedAny = false; 5826 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 5827 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 5828 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5829 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 5830 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 5831 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 5832 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 5833 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 5834 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 5835 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 5836 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 5837 AddedAny = true; 5838 } 5839 } 5840 } 5841 } 5842 5843 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 5844 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 5845 } 5846 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 5847 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 5848 } 5849 5850 return AddedAny; 5851 } 5852 5853 namespace { 5854 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 5855 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 5856 struct ActOnFDArgs { 5857 Scope *S; 5858 Declarator &D; 5859 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 5860 bool AddToScope; 5861 }; 5862 } 5863 5864 namespace { 5865 5866 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 5867 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 5868 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 5869 public: 5870 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 5871 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 5872 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 5873 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 5874 5875 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 5876 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 5877 return false; 5878 5879 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5880 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 5881 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 5882 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5883 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5884 5885 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5886 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5887 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 5888 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 5889 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 5890 return true; 5891 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 5892 return true; 5893 } 5894 } 5895 } 5896 5897 return false; 5898 } 5899 5900 private: 5901 ASTContext &Context; 5902 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 5903 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 5904 }; 5905 5906 } 5907 5908 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 5909 /// 5910 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 5911 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 5912 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 5913 /// the same name. 5914 /// 5915 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 5916 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 5917 static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 5918 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5919 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 5920 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 5921 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 5922 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 5923 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 5924 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5925 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5926 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 5927 TypoCorrection Correction; 5928 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5929 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 5930 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 5931 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 5932 5933 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5934 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 5935 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 5936 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 5937 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5938 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 5939 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 5940 if (!Prev.empty()) { 5941 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 5942 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5943 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 5944 if (FD && 5945 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5946 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 5947 // involve a parameter 5948 unsigned ParamNum = 5949 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 5950 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 5951 } 5952 } 5953 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 5954 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 5955 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 5956 Validator, NewDC))) { 5957 // Trap errors. 5958 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 5959 5960 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 5961 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 5962 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5963 Previous.clear(); 5964 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 5965 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 5966 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 5967 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5968 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5969 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5970 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5971 Previous.addDecl(FD); 5972 } 5973 } 5974 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 5975 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 5976 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 5977 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 5978 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 5979 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 5980 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 5981 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 5982 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 5983 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 5984 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 5985 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 5986 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5987 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 5988 Previous.clear(); 5989 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 5990 Result = NULL; 5991 } else { 5992 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 5993 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 5994 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5995 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 5996 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 5997 } 5998 } 5999 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 6000 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 6001 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 6002 } else { 6003 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6004 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 6005 } 6006 } 6007 6008 if (Correction) { 6009 // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range 6010 // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in 6011 // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix 6012 // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good. 6013 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 6014 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 6015 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 6016 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 6017 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 6018 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 6019 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 6020 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 6021 } else { 6022 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6023 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 6024 } 6025 6026 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6027 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6028 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6029 6030 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6031 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6032 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6033 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6034 bool FDisConst = false; 6035 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 6036 FDisConst = MD->isConst(); 6037 6038 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6039 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6040 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6041 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6042 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 6043 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 6044 } else if (Correction) { 6045 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 6046 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 6047 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6048 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6049 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6050 } else 6051 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 6052 } 6053 return Result; 6054 } 6055 6056 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 6057 Declarator &D) { 6058 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6059 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6060 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6061 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6062 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6063 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6064 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6065 D.setInvalidType(); 6066 break; 6067 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6068 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6069 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6070 return SC_None; 6071 return SC_Extern; 6072 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6073 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6074 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6075 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6076 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6077 // other than extern 6078 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6079 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6080 diag::err_static_block_func); 6081 break; 6082 } else 6083 return SC_Static; 6084 } 6085 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6086 } 6087 6088 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6089 return SC_None; 6090 } 6091 6092 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6093 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6094 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6095 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 6096 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6097 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6098 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6099 6100 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 6101 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6102 6103 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6104 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6105 // prototype. This true when: 6106 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6107 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6108 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6109 bool HasPrototype = 6110 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6111 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6112 6113 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6114 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6115 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6116 HasPrototype, false); 6117 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6118 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6119 6120 // Set the lexical context. 6121 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 6122 6123 return NewFD; 6124 } 6125 6126 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6127 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6128 6129 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6130 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6131 // the class has been completely parsed. 6132 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6133 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6134 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 6135 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6136 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6137 D.setInvalidType(); 6138 6139 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6140 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6141 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6142 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6143 6144 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6145 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6146 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6147 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6148 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6149 isConstexpr); 6150 6151 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6152 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6153 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6154 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6155 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6156 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6157 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6158 D.getLocStart(), 6159 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6160 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6161 6162 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6163 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6164 // it yet. 6165 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6166 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6167 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6168 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6169 } 6170 6171 // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body 6172 // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as 6173 // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor. 6174 if (SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && 6175 !Record->isDependentType() && Record->getDefinition() && 6176 !Record->isBeingDefined()) { 6177 SemaRef.CheckDestructor(NewDD); 6178 } 6179 6180 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6181 return NewDD; 6182 6183 } else { 6184 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6185 D.setInvalidType(); 6186 6187 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6188 // code path. 6189 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6190 D.getLocStart(), 6191 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6192 SC, isInline, 6193 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6194 } 6195 6196 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6197 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6198 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6199 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6200 return 0; 6201 } 6202 6203 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6204 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6205 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6206 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6207 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6208 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6209 6210 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6211 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6212 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6213 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6214 // constructor if it has no return type). 6215 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6216 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6217 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6218 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6219 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6220 return 0; 6221 } 6222 6223 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6224 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6225 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6226 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6227 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6228 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6229 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6230 return Ret; 6231 } else { 6232 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6233 // prototype. This true when: 6234 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6235 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6236 D.getLocStart(), 6237 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6238 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6239 } 6240 } 6241 6242 void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) { 6243 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 6244 // typedef of void is not permitted. 6245 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6246 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 6247 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 6248 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 6249 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 6250 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 6251 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 6252 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 6253 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 6254 << IsTypeAlias; 6255 } 6256 } 6257 6258 enum OpenCLParamType { 6259 ValidKernelParam, 6260 PtrPtrKernelParam, 6261 PtrKernelParam, 6262 InvalidKernelParam, 6263 RecordKernelParam 6264 }; 6265 6266 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 6267 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 6268 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 6269 return PointeeType->isPointerType() ? PtrPtrKernelParam : PtrKernelParam; 6270 } 6271 6272 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 6273 // be used as builtin types. 6274 6275 if (PT->isImageType()) 6276 return PtrKernelParam; 6277 6278 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 6279 return InvalidKernelParam; 6280 6281 if (PT->isEventT()) 6282 return InvalidKernelParam; 6283 6284 if (PT->isHalfType()) 6285 return InvalidKernelParam; 6286 6287 if (PT->isRecordType()) 6288 return RecordKernelParam; 6289 6290 return ValidKernelParam; 6291 } 6292 6293 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 6294 Sema &S, 6295 Declarator &D, 6296 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6297 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) { 6298 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6299 6300 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 6301 // used again 6302 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 6303 return; 6304 6305 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 6306 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 6307 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6308 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6309 // pointer to a pointer type. 6310 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 6311 D.setInvalidType(); 6312 return; 6313 6314 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 6315 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 6316 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 6317 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 6318 // one of these built-in scalar types. 6319 6320 case InvalidKernelParam: 6321 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6322 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6323 // of event_t type. 6324 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6325 D.setInvalidType(); 6326 return; 6327 6328 case PtrKernelParam: 6329 case ValidKernelParam: 6330 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 6331 return; 6332 6333 case RecordKernelParam: 6334 break; 6335 } 6336 6337 // Track nested structs we will inspect 6338 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 6339 6340 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 6341 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 6342 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 6343 HistoryStack.push_back((const FieldDecl *) 0); 6344 6345 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6346 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 6347 6348 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 6349 6350 do { 6351 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 6352 if (!Next) { 6353 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 6354 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 6355 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 6356 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 6357 6358 continue; 6359 } 6360 6361 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 6362 // field itself) to the history stack. 6363 const RecordDecl *RD; 6364 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 6365 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 6366 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6367 } else { 6368 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 6369 } 6370 6371 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 6372 VisitStack.push_back((const Decl *) 0); 6373 6374 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = RD->field_begin(), 6375 E = RD->field_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6376 const FieldDecl *FD = *I; 6377 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 6378 6379 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 6380 continue; 6381 6382 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 6383 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 6384 continue; 6385 6386 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 6387 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 6388 continue; 6389 } 6390 6391 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 6392 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 6393 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 6394 // union. 6395 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam) { 6396 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 6397 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 6398 << PT->isUnionType() 6399 << PT; 6400 } else { 6401 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6402 } 6403 6404 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6405 << PD->getDeclName(); 6406 6407 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 6408 // the offending field came from 6409 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 6410 E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6411 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 6412 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6413 << OuterField->getType(); 6414 } 6415 6416 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 6417 << QT->isPointerType() 6418 << QT; 6419 D.setInvalidType(); 6420 return; 6421 } 6422 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 6423 } 6424 6425 NamedDecl* 6426 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 6427 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 6428 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6429 bool &AddToScope) { 6430 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6431 6432 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 6433 6434 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 6435 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6436 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6437 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 6438 6439 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 6440 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6441 diag::err_invalid_thread) 6442 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6443 6444 bool isFriend = false; 6445 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 6446 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6447 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6448 6449 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 6450 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6451 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 6452 6453 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 6454 6455 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 6456 isVirtualOkay); 6457 if (!NewFD) return 0; 6458 6459 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 6460 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 6461 6462 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6463 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6464 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 6465 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6466 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6467 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6468 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6469 // C++ [class.friend]p5 6470 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 6471 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 6472 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6473 } 6474 6475 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 6476 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 6477 // return true). 6478 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 6479 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 6480 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 6481 NewFD->setPure(true); 6482 } 6483 6484 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 6485 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6486 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6487 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6488 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6489 6490 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 6491 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 6492 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6493 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6494 6495 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6496 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6497 bool Invalid = false; 6498 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 6499 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6500 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6501 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, isFriend, 6502 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 6503 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6504 // This is a function template 6505 6506 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6507 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6508 return 0; 6509 6510 // A destructor cannot be a template. 6511 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6512 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 6513 return 0; 6514 } 6515 6516 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 6517 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 6518 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 6519 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 6520 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 6521 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 6522 Invalid = true; 6523 } 6524 6525 6526 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 6527 NewFD->getLocation(), 6528 Name, TemplateParams, 6529 NewFD); 6530 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6531 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 6532 6533 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 6534 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 6535 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6536 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 6537 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6538 } 6539 } else { 6540 // This is a function template specialization. 6541 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6542 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6543 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6544 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6545 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6546 6547 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 6548 if (isFriend) { 6549 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 6550 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 6551 6552 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 6553 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 6554 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 6555 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 6556 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 6557 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 6558 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6559 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6560 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 6561 } 6562 6563 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 6564 << Name << RemoveRange 6565 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 6566 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 6567 } 6568 } 6569 } 6570 else { 6571 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 6572 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 6573 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 6574 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6575 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6576 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6577 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6578 } 6579 6580 if (Invalid) { 6581 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6582 if (FunctionTemplate) 6583 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6584 } 6585 6586 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 6587 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 6588 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 6589 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 6590 // 6591 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6592 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 6593 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6594 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 6595 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6596 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 6597 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6598 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 6599 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6600 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6601 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 6602 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 6603 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6604 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 6605 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6606 } else { 6607 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 6608 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 6609 } 6610 6611 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && 6612 NewFD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) 6613 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 6614 } 6615 6616 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 6617 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 6618 // declaration. 6619 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6620 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6621 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 6622 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6623 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6624 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6625 } 6626 } 6627 6628 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 6629 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 6630 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 6631 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 6632 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6633 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6634 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 6635 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6636 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 6637 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6638 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 6639 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6640 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 6641 // or conversion function. 6642 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6643 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 6644 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6645 } 6646 } 6647 6648 if (isConstexpr) { 6649 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 6650 // are implicitly inline. 6651 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6652 6653 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 6654 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 6655 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 6656 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 6657 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 6658 } 6659 6660 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 6661 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6662 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6663 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 6664 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 6665 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6666 << 0 6667 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 6668 } else { 6669 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 6670 if (FunctionTemplate) 6671 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6672 } 6673 } 6674 6675 if (isFriend) { 6676 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6677 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 6678 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 6679 } 6680 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 6681 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6682 } 6683 6684 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 6685 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 6686 case FDK_Declaration: 6687 case FDK_Definition: 6688 break; 6689 6690 case FDK_Defaulted: 6691 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 6692 break; 6693 6694 case FDK_Deleted: 6695 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 6696 break; 6697 } 6698 6699 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 6700 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6701 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 6702 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 6703 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 6704 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6705 } 6706 6707 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 6708 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6709 // C++ [class.static]p1: 6710 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 6711 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 6712 // the class. 6713 6714 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 6715 // member function definition. 6716 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6717 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6718 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6719 } 6720 6721 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 6722 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 6723 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 6724 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6725 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 6726 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 6727 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 6728 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6729 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 6730 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6731 FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 6732 } 6733 } 6734 6735 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 6736 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 6737 isExplicitSpecialization || 6738 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 6739 6740 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6741 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 6742 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6743 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6744 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 6745 SE->getString())); 6746 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6747 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6748 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6749 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6750 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 6751 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6752 } 6753 } 6754 6755 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 6756 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 6757 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 6758 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 6759 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6760 6761 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 6762 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 6763 // single void argument. 6764 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 6765 // already checks for that case. 6766 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 6767 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 6768 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 6769 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 6770 checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)); 6771 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 6772 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 6773 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 6774 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 6775 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 6776 Params.push_back(Param); 6777 6778 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 6779 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6780 } 6781 } 6782 6783 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6784 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 6785 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 6786 // parameters for use in the declaration. 6787 // 6788 // @code 6789 // typedef void fn(int); 6790 // fn f; 6791 // @endcode 6792 6793 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 6794 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 6795 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 6796 ParmVarDecl *Param = 6797 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 6798 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 6799 Params.push_back(Param); 6800 } 6801 } else { 6802 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 6803 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 6804 } 6805 6806 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 6807 NewFD->setParams(Params); 6808 6809 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 6810 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 6811 // 6812 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 6813 // 6814 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 6815 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 6816 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 6817 6818 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 6819 NewFD->addAttr( 6820 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 6821 Context)); 6822 6823 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 6824 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 6825 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 6826 6827 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 6828 // because all functions have linkage. 6829 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6830 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6831 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 6832 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6833 } 6834 6835 // Handle attributes. 6836 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 6837 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 6838 6839 QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType(); 6840 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 6841 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 6842 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 6843 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 6844 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6845 if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) { 6846 NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(), 6847 Context)); 6848 } 6849 } 6850 6851 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6852 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6853 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 6854 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 6855 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6856 6857 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6858 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6859 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6860 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 6861 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6862 D.setRedeclaration(true); 6863 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6864 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6865 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6866 } else { 6867 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 6868 // argument list into our AST format. 6869 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6870 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 6871 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 6872 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6873 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6874 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6875 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 6876 TemplateArgs); 6877 6878 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 6879 6880 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6881 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6882 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 6883 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 6884 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 6885 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6886 6887 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6888 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6889 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 6890 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 6891 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 6892 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 6893 // too few of them). 6894 // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations 6895 // (starting with "template") and the rest. 6896 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 6897 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 6898 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 6899 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 6900 "template<> "); 6901 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6902 } else { 6903 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 6904 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6905 } 6906 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6907 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 6908 // wrote something like: 6909 // template <> friend void foo(int); 6910 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 6911 // friend void foo<>(int); 6912 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 6913 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 6914 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6915 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6916 } 6917 6918 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 6919 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 6920 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 6921 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 6922 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 6923 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 6924 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 6925 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 6926 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 6927 InstantiationDependent))) { 6928 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 6929 "friend function specialization without template args"); 6930 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 6931 Previous)) 6932 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6933 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6934 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 6935 && !isFriend) { 6936 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 6937 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 6938 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 6939 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 6940 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 6941 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 6942 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 6943 Previous)) 6944 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6945 6946 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 6947 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 6948 // specialization (14.7.3) 6949 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 6950 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 6951 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 6952 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 6953 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6954 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 6955 << SC 6956 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6957 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6958 6959 else 6960 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6961 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 6962 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6963 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6964 } 6965 6966 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6967 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 6968 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6969 } 6970 6971 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6972 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6973 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 6974 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6975 6976 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6977 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 6978 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 6979 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6980 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 6981 } else 6982 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6983 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6984 } 6985 6986 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6987 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6988 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6989 6990 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 6991 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 6992 : NewFD); 6993 6994 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 6995 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 6996 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6997 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 6998 6999 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7000 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7001 } 7002 7003 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7004 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7005 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7006 7007 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7008 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7009 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7010 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7011 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7012 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7013 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 7014 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7015 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7016 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7017 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7018 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7019 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7020 DC->isDependentContext()) 7021 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7022 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7023 } 7024 7025 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7026 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7027 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7028 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7029 AddToScope }; 7030 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7031 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7032 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7033 7034 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7035 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7036 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7037 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7038 7039 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7040 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7041 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7042 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7043 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7044 // can actually do this check immediately. 7045 if (isFriend && 7046 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7047 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7048 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7049 // ignore these 7050 } else { 7051 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7052 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7053 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7054 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7055 // 7056 // class X { 7057 // void f() const; 7058 // }; 7059 // 7060 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7061 // 7062 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7063 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7064 // whether the parameter types are references). 7065 7066 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 7067 NewFD, 7068 ExtraArgs)) { 7069 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7070 return Result; 7071 } 7072 } 7073 7074 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7075 // to something. 7076 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7077 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 7078 NewFD, 7079 ExtraArgs)) { 7080 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7081 return Result; 7082 } 7083 } 7084 7085 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7086 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7087 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7088 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7089 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 7090 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7091 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7092 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7093 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7094 // generate them. 7095 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7096 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7097 } 7098 } 7099 7100 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7101 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7102 7103 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7104 7105 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7106 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7107 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7108 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7109 << NewFD; 7110 7111 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7112 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7113 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 7114 EPI.Variadic = true; 7115 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7116 7117 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), None, EPI); 7118 NewFD->setType(R); 7119 } 7120 7121 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7122 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7123 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7124 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7125 7126 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7127 // marking the function. 7128 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7129 7130 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7131 // the map of such variables. 7132 if (!NewFD->getPreviousDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7133 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7134 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7135 7136 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7137 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7138 7139 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7140 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7141 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7142 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7143 return FunctionTemplate; 7144 } 7145 } 7146 7147 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7148 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7149 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7150 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7151 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7152 D.setInvalidType(); 7153 } 7154 7155 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7156 if (!NewFD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) { 7157 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7158 diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type); 7159 D.setInvalidType(); 7160 } 7161 7162 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 7163 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), 7164 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { 7165 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; 7166 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 7167 } 7168 } 7169 7170 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 7171 7172 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 7173 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 7174 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7175 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7176 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 7177 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 7178 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 7179 7180 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 7181 } 7182 } 7183 7184 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 7185 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 7186 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 7187 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7188 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 7189 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 7190 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 7191 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 7192 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 7193 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 7194 AddToScope = false; 7195 } 7196 7197 return NewFD; 7198 } 7199 7200 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 7201 /// 7202 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 7203 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 7204 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 7205 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 7206 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 7207 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 7208 /// via InstantiateDecl). 7209 /// 7210 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 7211 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 7212 /// 7213 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 7214 /// 7215 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 7216 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7217 LookupResult &Previous, 7218 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 7219 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 7220 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 7221 7222 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 7223 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7224 7225 bool Redeclaration = false; 7226 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 7227 7228 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 7229 // the same name, if appropriate. 7230 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7231 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 7232 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 7233 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 7234 // function to the scope. 7235 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 7236 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7237 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 7238 Redeclaration = true; 7239 OldDecl = Candidate; 7240 } 7241 } else { 7242 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 7243 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 7244 case Ovl_Match: 7245 Redeclaration = true; 7246 break; 7247 7248 case Ovl_NonFunction: 7249 Redeclaration = true; 7250 break; 7251 7252 case Ovl_Overload: 7253 Redeclaration = false; 7254 break; 7255 } 7256 7257 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7258 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 7259 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 7260 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7261 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7262 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 7263 if (Redeclaration) 7264 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 7265 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7266 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7267 if (OverloadedDecl) 7268 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 7269 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7270 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 7271 Context)); 7272 } 7273 } 7274 } 7275 7276 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 7277 if (!Redeclaration && 7278 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 7279 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7280 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7281 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 7282 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 7283 Redeclaration = true; 7284 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7285 7286 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 7287 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7288 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7289 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7290 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7291 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 7292 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7293 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 7294 Context)); 7295 } 7296 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 7297 Redeclaration = false; 7298 OldDecl = 0; 7299 } 7300 } 7301 } 7302 } 7303 7304 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 7305 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 7306 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 7307 // 7308 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 7309 // definition of a static member function. 7310 // 7311 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 7312 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 7313 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7314 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 7315 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 7316 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 7317 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 7318 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD = 7319 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 7320 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl()); 7321 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 7322 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7323 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7324 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7325 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 7326 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 7327 FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 7328 7329 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 7330 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 7331 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7332 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 7333 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 7334 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 7335 AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 7336 7337 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const) 7338 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 7339 } 7340 } 7341 } 7342 7343 if (Redeclaration) { 7344 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 7345 // merged. 7346 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 7347 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7348 return Redeclaration; 7349 } 7350 7351 Previous.clear(); 7352 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 7353 7354 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 7355 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 7356 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 7357 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 7358 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 7359 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 7360 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 7361 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 7362 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7363 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7364 } 7365 7366 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 7367 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 7368 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 7369 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 7370 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 7371 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 7372 } 7373 7374 } else { 7375 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 7376 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 7377 7378 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7379 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 7380 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 7381 // because of templates, which means that the previous 7382 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 7383 7384 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 7385 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 7386 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 7387 7388 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 7389 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 7390 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7391 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 7392 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 7393 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 7394 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDeclaration()); 7395 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 7396 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 7397 } 7398 } 7399 } 7400 } 7401 } 7402 7403 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 7404 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7405 // C++-specific checks. 7406 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7407 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 7408 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 7409 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7410 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 7411 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 7412 7413 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 7414 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 7415 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 7416 DeclarationName Name 7417 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 7418 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 7419 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 7420 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 7421 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7422 return Redeclaration; 7423 } 7424 } 7425 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 7426 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7427 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 7428 } 7429 7430 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 7431 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7432 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 7433 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 7434 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 7435 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 7436 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 7437 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7438 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 7439 } 7440 } 7441 } 7442 7443 if (Method->isStatic()) 7444 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 7445 } 7446 7447 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 7448 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 7449 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7450 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7451 return Redeclaration; 7452 } 7453 7454 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 7455 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 7456 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7457 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7458 return Redeclaration; 7459 } 7460 7461 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 7462 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 7463 // during delayed parsing anyway. 7464 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 7465 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 7466 7467 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 7468 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 7469 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 7470 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 7471 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7472 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 7473 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 7474 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 7475 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 7476 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 7477 } 7478 } 7479 7480 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 7481 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 7482 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 7483 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 7484 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 7485 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 7486 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 7487 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 7488 << NewFD << R; 7489 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 7490 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 7491 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 7492 } 7493 } 7494 return Redeclaration; 7495 } 7496 7497 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7498 const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 7499 if (!TSI) 7500 return SourceRange(); 7501 7502 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); 7503 FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 7504 if (!FunctionTL) 7505 return SourceRange(); 7506 7507 TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getResultLoc(); 7508 if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>()) 7509 return ResultTL.getSourceRange(); 7510 7511 return SourceRange(); 7512 } 7513 7514 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 7515 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 7516 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 7517 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 7518 // appear in a declaration of main. 7519 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 7520 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 7521 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7522 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 7523 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 7524 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7525 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 7526 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 7527 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 7528 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 7529 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 7530 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, 7531 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 7532 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 7533 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 7534 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 7535 } 7536 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 7537 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 7538 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 7539 FD->setConstexpr(false); 7540 } 7541 7542 QualType T = FD->getType(); 7543 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 7544 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7545 7546 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 7547 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7548 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 7549 // set the flag which tells us that. 7550 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 7551 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7552 7553 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 7554 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 7555 // implicit-return-zero rule. 7556 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7557 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 7558 7559 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7560 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7561 Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 7562 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7563 7564 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 7565 } else { 7566 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7567 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7568 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 7569 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7570 else 7571 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 7572 7573 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7574 } 7575 7576 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 7577 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 7578 7579 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 7580 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 7581 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 7582 7583 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 7584 7585 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 7586 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 7587 // getting shifty. 7588 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 7589 HasExtraParameters = false; 7590 7591 if (HasExtraParameters) { 7592 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 7593 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7594 nparams = 3; 7595 } 7596 7597 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 7598 // if we had some location information about types. 7599 7600 QualType CharPP = 7601 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 7602 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 7603 7604 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 7605 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 7606 7607 bool mismatch = true; 7608 7609 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 7610 mismatch = false; 7611 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 7612 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 7613 // char const ** 7614 // char const * const * 7615 // char * const * 7616 7617 QualifierCollector qs; 7618 const PointerType* PT; 7619 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7620 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7621 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 7622 Context.CharTy)) { 7623 qs.removeConst(); 7624 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 7625 } 7626 } 7627 7628 if (mismatch) { 7629 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 7630 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 7631 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7632 } 7633 } 7634 7635 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7636 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 7637 } 7638 7639 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7640 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 7641 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7642 } 7643 } 7644 7645 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 7646 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 7647 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 7648 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 7649 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 7650 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 7651 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 7652 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 7653 // rules there don't matter.) 7654 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 7655 return false; 7656 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 7657 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7658 return true; 7659 } 7660 7661 namespace { 7662 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 7663 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 7664 class SelfReferenceChecker 7665 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 7666 Sema &S; 7667 Decl *OrigDecl; 7668 bool isRecordType; 7669 bool isPODType; 7670 bool isReferenceType; 7671 7672 public: 7673 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 7674 7675 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 7676 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 7677 isPODType = false; 7678 isRecordType = false; 7679 isReferenceType = false; 7680 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 7681 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 7682 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 7683 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 7684 } 7685 } 7686 7687 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 7688 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 7689 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 7690 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 7691 if (isReferenceType) 7692 return; 7693 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7694 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 7695 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7696 return; 7697 } 7698 7699 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 7700 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 7701 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 7702 return; 7703 } 7704 7705 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 7706 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7707 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7708 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 7709 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7710 return; 7711 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7712 } 7713 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 7714 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7715 return; 7716 } 7717 } 7718 7719 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 7720 // bad, not just r-value uses. 7721 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 7722 if (isReferenceType) 7723 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 7724 } 7725 7726 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 7727 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 7728 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 7729 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7730 7731 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 7732 } 7733 7734 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 7735 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 7736 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 7737 7738 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 7739 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 7740 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 7741 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 7742 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7743 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7744 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7745 Warn = false; 7746 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7747 } 7748 7749 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 7750 if (Warn) 7751 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7752 return; 7753 } 7754 7755 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 7756 // Visit that expression. 7757 Visit(Base); 7758 } 7759 7760 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 7761 if (E->getNumArgs() > 0) 7762 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) 7763 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7764 7765 Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 7766 } 7767 7768 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 7769 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 7770 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 7771 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 7772 if (!isPODType) 7773 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7774 return; 7775 } 7776 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 7777 } 7778 7779 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 7780 7781 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 7782 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 7783 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 7784 unsigned diag; 7785 if (isReferenceType) { 7786 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 7787 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 7788 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 7789 } else { 7790 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 7791 } 7792 7793 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 7794 S.PDiag(diag) 7795 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 7796 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 7797 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 7798 } 7799 }; 7800 7801 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 7802 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 7803 bool DirectInit) { 7804 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 7805 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 7806 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 7807 return; 7808 7809 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 7810 7811 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 7812 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 7813 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 7814 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 7815 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 7816 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 7817 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 7818 return; 7819 7820 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 7821 } 7822 } 7823 7824 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 7825 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 7826 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 7827 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 7828 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7829 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 7830 // the initializer. 7831 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7832 return; 7833 7834 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7835 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 7836 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 7837 // Thus this grotesque test. 7838 IntegerLiteral *IL; 7839 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 7840 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 7841 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 7842 else { 7843 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 7844 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 7845 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 7846 } 7847 return; 7848 } 7849 7850 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 7851 if (!VDecl) { 7852 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 7853 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 7854 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7855 return; 7856 } 7857 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 7858 7859 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 7860 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7861 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 7862 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 7863 // contains exactly one expression. 7864 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7865 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 7866 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 7867 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 7868 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 7869 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 7870 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 7871 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 7872 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7873 return; 7874 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 7875 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 7876 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 7877 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 7878 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 7879 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7880 return; 7881 } else { 7882 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 7883 } 7884 } 7885 7886 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 7887 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 7888 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 7889 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7890 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 7891 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7892 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7893 return; 7894 } 7895 Init = Result.take(); 7896 DefaultedToAuto = true; 7897 } 7898 7899 QualType DeducedType; 7900 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 7901 DAR_Failed) 7902 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 7903 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 7904 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7905 return; 7906 } 7907 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 7908 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 7909 7910 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 7911 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 7912 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7913 7914 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 7915 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 7916 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 7917 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 7918 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 7919 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 7920 SourceLocation Loc = 7921 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 7922 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 7923 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 7924 } 7925 7926 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 7927 // the previously declared type. 7928 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 7929 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*OldWasHidden*/ false); 7930 7931 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 7932 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 7933 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7934 return; 7935 } 7936 7937 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 7938 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 7939 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 7940 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7941 return; 7942 } 7943 7944 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 7945 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 7946 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 7947 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 7948 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 7949 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 7950 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 7951 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 7952 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7953 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7954 return; 7955 } 7956 7957 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7958 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 7959 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7960 AbstractVariableType)) 7961 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7962 } 7963 7964 const VarDecl *Def; 7965 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 7966 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7967 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7968 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7969 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7970 return; 7971 } 7972 7973 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 7974 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7975 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 7976 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 7977 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7978 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 7979 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 7980 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 7981 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 7982 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 7983 // 7984 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 7985 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 7986 // declaration with an initializer. 7987 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 7988 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7989 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7990 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7991 return; 7992 } 7993 7994 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 7995 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7996 7997 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 7998 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7999 return; 8000 } 8001 } 8002 8003 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 8004 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 8005 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 8006 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 8007 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8008 return; 8009 } 8010 8011 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 8012 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 8013 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 8014 8015 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 8016 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 8017 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 8018 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8019 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8020 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8021 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8022 return; 8023 } 8024 Init = Result.take(); 8025 } 8026 8027 // Perform the initialization. 8028 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8029 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 8030 InitializationKind Kind 8031 = DirectInit ? 8032 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 8033 Init->getLocStart(), 8034 Init->getLocEnd()) 8035 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 8036 VDecl->getLocation()) 8037 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 8038 Init->getLocStart()); 8039 8040 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 8041 if (CXXDirectInit) 8042 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 8043 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 8044 8045 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 8046 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 8047 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8048 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8049 return; 8050 } 8051 8052 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 8053 } 8054 8055 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 8056 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 8057 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 8058 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 8059 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 8060 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 8061 } 8062 8063 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 8064 // completed by the initializer. For example: 8065 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 8066 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 8067 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 8068 VDecl->setType(DclT); 8069 8070 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8071 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 8072 8073 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 8074 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 8075 8076 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 8077 // Although this code can still have problems: 8078 // id x = self.weakProp; 8079 // id y = self.weakProp; 8080 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 8081 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 8082 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 8083 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 8084 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 8085 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 8086 Init->getLocStart()); 8087 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 8088 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 8089 } 8090 } 8091 8092 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 8093 // 8094 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 8095 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 8096 // full-expression. For instance, in: 8097 // 8098 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 8099 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 8100 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 8101 // 8102 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 8103 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 8104 false, 8105 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 8106 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8107 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8108 return; 8109 } 8110 Init = Result.take(); 8111 8112 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 8113 VDecl->setInit(Init); 8114 8115 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 8116 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 8117 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 8118 // C++ does not have this restriction. 8119 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8120 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8121 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8122 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 8123 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 8124 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 8125 // constant expressions. 8126 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 8127 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 8128 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 8129 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), 8130 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 8131 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8132 } 8133 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 8134 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 8135 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 8136 // 8137 // struct S { 8138 // static const int value = 17; 8139 // }; 8140 8141 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 8142 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 8143 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 8144 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 8145 // 8146 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 8147 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 8148 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8149 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 8150 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 8151 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 8152 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 8153 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 8154 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 8155 8156 // Do nothing on dependent types. 8157 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 8158 8159 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 8160 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 8161 // type. 8162 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 8163 8164 // Require constness. 8165 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 8166 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 8167 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8168 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8169 8170 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 8171 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8172 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 8173 SourceLocation Loc; 8174 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 8175 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 8176 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 8177 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 8178 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 8179 ; // Nothing to check. 8180 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 8181 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 8182 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8183 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 8184 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 8185 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8186 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8187 } else { 8188 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 8189 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 8190 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8191 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8192 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8193 } 8194 8195 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 8196 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 8197 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 8198 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 8199 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 8200 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 8201 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8202 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8203 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 8204 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8205 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8206 } else { 8207 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 8208 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8209 8210 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8211 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8212 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8213 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8214 } 8215 } 8216 8217 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 8218 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 8219 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 8220 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 8221 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8222 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 8223 8224 } else { 8225 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 8226 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8227 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8228 } 8229 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 8230 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 8231 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 8232 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 8233 VDecl->isExternC()))) 8234 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 8235 8236 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 8237 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8238 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8239 else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 8240 !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() && 8241 !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() && 8242 !Init->isConstantInitializer( 8243 Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) { 8244 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 8245 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 8246 // initialization. 8247 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 8248 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init); 8249 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8250 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 8251 } 8252 } 8253 8254 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 8255 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 8256 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 8257 // 8258 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 8259 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 8260 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 8261 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 8262 // special case code. 8263 8264 // C++ 8.5p11: 8265 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 8266 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 8267 // class type. 8268 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8269 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 8270 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8271 } else if (DirectInit) { 8272 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 8273 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 8274 } 8275 8276 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 8277 } 8278 8279 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 8280 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 8281 /// of sanity. 8282 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 8283 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 8284 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 8285 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8286 8287 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8288 if (!VD) return; 8289 8290 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 8291 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 8292 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8293 return; 8294 } 8295 8296 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 8297 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 8298 8299 // Require a complete type. 8300 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 8301 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 8302 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8303 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8304 return; 8305 } 8306 8307 // Require an abstract type. 8308 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 8309 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8310 AbstractVariableType)) { 8311 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8312 return; 8313 } 8314 8315 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 8316 // though. 8317 } 8318 8319 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 8320 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8321 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 8322 if (RealDecl == 0) 8323 return; 8324 8325 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8326 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 8327 8328 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 8329 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 8330 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 8331 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 8332 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8333 return; 8334 } 8335 8336 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 8337 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 8338 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 8339 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 8340 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 8341 // member. 8342 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8343 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 8344 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8345 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 8346 << Var->getDeclName(); 8347 else 8348 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 8349 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8350 return; 8351 } 8352 8353 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8354 case VarDecl::Definition: 8355 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 8356 break; 8357 8358 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 8359 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 8360 // a declaration. 8361 // 8362 // Fall through 8363 8364 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 8365 // It's only a declaration. 8366 8367 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 8368 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 8369 // object shall be complete. 8370 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 8371 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8372 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8373 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 8374 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8375 8376 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 8377 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8378 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8379 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8380 AbstractVariableType)) 8381 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8382 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8383 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 8384 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 8385 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 8386 } 8387 8388 return; 8389 8390 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 8391 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 8392 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 8393 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 8394 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 8395 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 8396 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 8397 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 8398 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 8399 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8400 ArrayT->getElementType(), 8401 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 8402 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8403 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8404 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 8405 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 8406 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 8407 // NOTE: code such as the following 8408 // static struct s; 8409 // struct s { int a; }; 8410 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 8411 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 8412 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 8413 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 8414 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8415 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 8416 } 8417 } 8418 8419 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 8420 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8421 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 8422 return; 8423 } 8424 8425 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8426 // definitions with incomplete array type. 8427 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 8428 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8429 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 8430 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8431 return; 8432 } 8433 8434 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8435 // definitions with reference type. 8436 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 8437 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 8438 << Var->getDeclName() 8439 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 8440 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8441 return; 8442 } 8443 8444 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 8445 // variable with dependent type. 8446 if (Type->isDependentType()) 8447 return; 8448 8449 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8450 return; 8451 8452 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8453 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 8454 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8455 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8456 return; 8457 } 8458 8459 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8460 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8461 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8462 AbstractVariableType)) { 8463 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8464 return; 8465 } 8466 8467 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 8468 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 8469 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 8470 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 8471 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 8472 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 8473 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 8474 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 8475 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 8476 // types and is declared without an initializer. 8477 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8478 if (const RecordType *Record 8479 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8480 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 8481 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 8482 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 8483 // incompatibilities with C++98. 8484 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 8485 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8486 } 8487 } 8488 8489 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 8490 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 8491 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 8492 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 8493 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 8494 // type shall have a user-declared default 8495 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 8496 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 8497 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 8498 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 8499 // program is ill-formed. 8500 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 8501 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 8502 // default-initialized; [...]. 8503 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 8504 InitializationKind Kind 8505 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 8506 8507 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 8508 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 8509 if (Init.isInvalid()) 8510 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8511 else if (Init.get()) { 8512 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 8513 // This is important for template substitution. 8514 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8515 } 8516 8517 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 8518 } 8519 } 8520 8521 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 8522 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8523 if (!VD) { 8524 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 8525 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8526 return; 8527 } 8528 8529 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 8530 8531 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 8532 int Error = -1; 8533 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 8534 case SC_None: 8535 break; 8536 case SC_Extern: 8537 Error = 0; 8538 break; 8539 case SC_Static: 8540 Error = 1; 8541 break; 8542 case SC_PrivateExtern: 8543 Error = 2; 8544 break; 8545 case SC_Auto: 8546 Error = 3; 8547 break; 8548 case SC_Register: 8549 Error = 4; 8550 break; 8551 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 8552 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 8553 } 8554 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 8555 Error = 5; 8556 if (Error != -1) { 8557 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 8558 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 8559 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8560 } 8561 } 8562 8563 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 8564 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8565 8566 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 8567 // local retaining variable. 8568 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8569 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8570 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 8571 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 8572 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 8573 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 8574 break; 8575 8576 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 8577 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 8578 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8579 break; 8580 } 8581 } 8582 8583 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 8584 var->isExternallyVisible() && 8585 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 8586 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 8587 var->getLocation())) { 8588 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 8589 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 8590 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 8591 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 8592 8593 if (!prev) 8594 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 8595 } 8596 8597 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 8598 var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 8599 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 8600 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 8601 // have a non-trivial destructor. 8602 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 8603 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8604 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 8605 } 8606 8607 // All the following checks are C++ only. 8608 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 8609 8610 QualType type = var->getType(); 8611 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 8612 8613 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 8614 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8615 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 8616 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 8617 8618 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 8619 // constructing this copy. 8620 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 8621 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 8622 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 8623 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 8624 ExprResult result 8625 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 8626 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 8627 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 8628 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 8629 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 8630 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 8631 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 8632 } 8633 } 8634 } 8635 8636 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 8637 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 8638 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 8639 8640 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 8641 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 8642 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 8643 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 8644 var->getLocation()) 8645 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) { 8646 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 8647 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 8648 // warned about them. 8649 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 8650 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 8651 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 8652 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 8653 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8654 } 8655 8656 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 8657 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 8658 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 8659 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 8660 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 8661 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 8662 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 8663 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 8664 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 8665 Notes.clear(); 8666 } 8667 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 8668 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 8669 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 8670 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 8671 } 8672 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 8673 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 8674 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 8675 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 8676 var->checkInitIsICE(); 8677 } 8678 } 8679 8680 // Require the destructor. 8681 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 8682 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 8683 } 8684 8685 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 8686 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 8687 void 8688 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 8689 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 8690 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 8691 8692 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 8693 if (!VD) 8694 return; 8695 8696 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 8697 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8698 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 8699 if (!DC->isRecord() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 8700 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 8701 8702 if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) 8703 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 8704 8705 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 8706 // tag values. 8707 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 8708 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 8709 return; 8710 8711 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 8712 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 8713 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 8714 I != E; ++I) { 8715 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 8716 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 8717 continue; 8718 } 8719 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 8720 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 8721 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8722 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 8723 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8724 continue; 8725 } 8726 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 8727 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8728 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 8729 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8730 continue; 8731 } 8732 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 8733 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 8734 MagicValue, 8735 I->getMatchingCType(), 8736 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 8737 I->getMustBeNull()); 8738 } 8739 } 8740 8741 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 8742 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 8743 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 8744 8745 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 8746 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 8747 8748 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 8749 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 8750 Decls.push_back(D); 8751 8752 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 8753 if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) 8754 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag); 8755 } 8756 8757 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 8758 } 8759 8760 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 8761 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 8762 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 8763 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 8764 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8765 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 8766 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 8767 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 8768 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 8769 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 8770 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 8771 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 8772 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 8773 QualType Deduced; 8774 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 8775 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 8776 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8777 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 8778 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 8779 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 8780 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 8781 break; 8782 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 8783 if (!U.isNull()) { 8784 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 8785 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 8786 Deduced = U; 8787 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 8788 DeducedDecl = D; 8789 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 8790 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 8791 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 8792 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 8793 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 8794 << U << D->getDeclName() 8795 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 8796 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 8797 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8798 break; 8799 } 8800 } 8801 } 8802 } 8803 } 8804 8805 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 8806 8807 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 8808 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 8809 } 8810 8811 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 8812 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 8813 } 8814 8815 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 8816 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 8817 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 8818 return; 8819 8820 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 8821 Group[0]->getLocation()) 8822 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 8823 return; 8824 8825 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 8826 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 8827 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 8828 // additional declaration references: 8829 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 8830 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 8831 // 'struct S *pS;' 8832 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 8833 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 8834 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 8835 Group = Group.slice(1); 8836 } 8837 } 8838 8839 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 8840 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 8841 if (!Comments.empty() && 8842 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 8843 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 8844 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 8845 // 8846 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 8847 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 8848 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 8849 // ahead through comments. 8850 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 8851 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 8852 } 8853 } 8854 8855 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 8856 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 8857 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 8858 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 8859 8860 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 8861 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 8862 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 8863 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 8864 StorageClass = SC_Register; 8865 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8866 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 8867 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 8868 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 8869 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8870 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 8871 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 8872 } 8873 8874 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 8875 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 8876 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 8877 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 8878 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 8879 << 0; 8880 8881 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 8882 8883 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8884 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 8885 8886 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8887 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 8888 // parameter. 8889 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 8890 8891 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 8892 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8893 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 8894 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8895 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 8896 } 8897 } 8898 8899 // Ensure we have a valid name 8900 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 8901 if (D.hasName()) { 8902 II = D.getIdentifier(); 8903 if (!II) { 8904 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 8905 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 8906 D.setInvalidType(true); 8907 } 8908 } 8909 8910 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 8911 if (II) { 8912 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 8913 ForRedeclaration); 8914 LookupName(R, S); 8915 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 8916 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 8917 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8918 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8919 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 8920 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8921 PrevDecl = 0; 8922 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 8923 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 8924 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8925 8926 // Recover by removing the name 8927 II = 0; 8928 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8929 D.setInvalidType(true); 8930 } 8931 } 8932 } 8933 8934 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 8935 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 8936 // looking like class members in C++. 8937 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 8938 D.getLocStart(), 8939 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 8940 parmDeclType, TInfo, 8941 StorageClass); 8942 8943 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8944 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8945 8946 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 8947 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 8948 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 8949 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 8950 8951 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 8952 S->AddDecl(New); 8953 if (II) 8954 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 8955 8956 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 8957 8958 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 8959 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 8960 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 8961 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 8962 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 8963 8964 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8965 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 8966 } 8967 return New; 8968 } 8969 8970 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 8971 /// typedef. 8972 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 8973 SourceLocation Loc, 8974 QualType T) { 8975 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 8976 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 8977 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 8978 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 8979 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 8980 SC_None, 0); 8981 Param->setImplicit(); 8982 return Param; 8983 } 8984 8985 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 8986 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 8987 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 8988 // will already have done so in the template itself. 8989 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 8990 return; 8991 8992 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 8993 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 8994 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 8995 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 8996 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 8997 } 8998 } 8999 } 9000 9001 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9002 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 9003 QualType ReturnTy, 9004 NamedDecl *D) { 9005 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 9006 return; 9007 9008 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9009 // threshold. 9010 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 9011 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 9012 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9013 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 9014 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 9015 } 9016 9017 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9018 // threshold. 9019 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9020 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 9021 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 9022 continue; 9023 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 9024 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9025 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 9026 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 9027 } 9028 } 9029 9030 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 9031 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 9032 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 9033 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) { 9034 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 9035 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9036 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 9037 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9038 9039 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 9040 9041 // Special cases for arrays: 9042 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 9043 // - otherwise, it's an error 9044 if (T->isArrayType()) { 9045 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 9046 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 9047 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 9048 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 9049 } 9050 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 9051 } else { 9052 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 9053 } 9054 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 9055 } 9056 9057 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 9058 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 9059 TSInfo, 9060 StorageClass, 0); 9061 9062 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 9063 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 9064 // the class has been completely parsed. 9065 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 9066 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9067 AbstractParamType)) 9068 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9069 9070 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 9071 // passed by reference. 9072 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 9073 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 9074 Diag(NameLoc, 9075 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 9076 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 9077 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 9078 New->setType(T); 9079 } 9080 9081 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 9082 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 9083 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 9084 // an address space. 9085 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 9086 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 9087 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9088 } 9089 9090 return New; 9091 } 9092 9093 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 9094 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 9095 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 9096 9097 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 9098 // for a K&R function. 9099 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 9100 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 9101 --i; 9102 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 9103 SmallString<256> Code; 9104 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 9105 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 9106 << ";\n"; 9107 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 9108 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 9109 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 9110 9111 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 9112 // type. 9113 AttributeFactory attrs; 9114 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 9115 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 9116 unsigned DiagID; // unused 9117 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 9118 PrevSpec, DiagID); 9119 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 9120 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 9121 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 9122 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 9123 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 9124 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 9125 } 9126 } 9127 } 9128 } 9129 9130 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 9131 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 9132 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 9133 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 9134 9135 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 9136 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 9137 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 9138 } 9139 9140 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 9141 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 9142 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 9143 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9144 return false; 9145 9146 // Or declarations that aren't global. 9147 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 9148 return false; 9149 9150 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 9151 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 9152 return false; 9153 9154 // Don't warn about 'main'. 9155 if (FD->isMain()) 9156 return false; 9157 9158 // Don't warn about inline functions. 9159 if (FD->isInlined()) 9160 return false; 9161 9162 // Don't warn about function templates. 9163 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 9164 return false; 9165 9166 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 9167 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 9168 return false; 9169 9170 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 9171 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 9172 return false; 9173 9174 bool MissingPrototype = true; 9175 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 9176 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 9177 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 9178 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 9179 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9180 continue; 9181 9182 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 9183 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 9184 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 9185 break; 9186 } 9187 9188 return MissingPrototype; 9189 } 9190 9191 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9192 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 9193 // was an extern inline function. 9194 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 9195 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 9196 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 9197 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 9198 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 9199 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 9200 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 9201 else 9202 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 9203 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9204 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9205 } 9206 } 9207 9208 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 9209 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 9210 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 9211 9212 if (!D) 9213 return D; 9214 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 9215 9216 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 9217 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9218 else 9219 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 9220 9221 // Enter a new function scope 9222 PushFunctionScope(); 9223 9224 // See if this is a redefinition. 9225 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 9226 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 9227 9228 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 9229 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 9230 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 9231 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 9232 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 9233 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9234 } 9235 } 9236 9237 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 9238 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 9239 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 9240 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 9241 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9242 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 9243 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 9244 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9245 9246 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 9247 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 9248 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 9249 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 9250 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 9251 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 9252 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 9253 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 9254 9255 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 9256 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 9257 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 9258 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 9259 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 9260 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 9261 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 9262 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 9263 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 9264 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 9265 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 9266 } 9267 } 9268 } 9269 9270 if (FnBodyScope) 9271 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 9272 9273 // Check the validity of our function parameters 9274 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 9275 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 9276 9277 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 9278 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 9279 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 9280 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 9281 9282 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 9283 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 9284 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 9285 9286 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 9287 } 9288 } 9289 9290 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 9291 // introduce them into the function scope. 9292 if (FnBodyScope) { 9293 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 9294 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 9295 NamedDecl *D = *I; 9296 9297 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 9298 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 9299 // and reattach to the current context. 9300 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 9301 // Is the decl actually in the context? 9302 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 9303 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 9304 if (*DI == D) { 9305 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 9306 break; 9307 } 9308 } 9309 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 9310 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9311 } 9312 9313 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 9314 if (!D->getName().empty()) 9315 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 9316 9317 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 9318 // accessible in this scope. 9319 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 9320 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 9321 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 9322 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 9323 } 9324 } 9325 } 9326 9327 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 9328 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9329 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 9330 9331 // Checking attributes of current function definition 9332 // dllimport attribute. 9333 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 9334 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 9335 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 9336 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 9337 if (!DA->isInherited() && 9338 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 9339 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 9340 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 9341 << "dllimport"; 9342 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9343 return D; 9344 } 9345 9346 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 9347 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 9348 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 9349 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 9350 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 9351 // emitted. 9352 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 9353 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 9354 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 9355 } 9356 } 9357 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 9358 // a function template). 9359 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 9360 return D; 9361 } 9362 9363 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 9364 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 9365 /// optimization. 9366 /// 9367 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 9368 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 9369 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 9370 /// use the named return value optimization. 9371 /// 9372 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 9373 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 9374 /// the NRVO variable. 9375 /// 9376 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 9377 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 9378 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 9379 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 9380 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 9381 9382 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 9383 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 9384 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 9385 return; 9386 9387 if (!NRVOCandidate) 9388 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 9389 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 9390 return; 9391 } 9392 9393 if (NRVOCandidate) 9394 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 9395 } 9396 9397 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 9398 if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D)) 9399 return false; 9400 9401 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 9402 return true; 9403 9404 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 9405 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 9406 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 9407 else 9408 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 9409 9410 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 9411 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 9412 // rest of the file. 9413 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 9414 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 9415 return !FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType(); 9416 } 9417 9418 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 9419 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 9420 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 9421 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 9422 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 9423 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 9424 } 9425 9426 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 9427 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 9428 } 9429 9430 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 9431 bool IsInstantiation) { 9432 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 9433 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 9434 if (FunTmpl) 9435 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9436 else 9437 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 9438 9439 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 9440 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 9441 9442 if (FD) { 9443 FD->setBody(Body); 9444 9445 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 9446 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9447 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 9448 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 9449 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 9450 if (!FD->getResultType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 9451 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 9452 << FD->getResultType(); 9453 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9454 } else { 9455 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 9456 TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(). 9457 IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getResultLoc(); 9458 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 9459 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 9460 } 9461 } 9462 9463 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 9464 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 9465 // is the first declaration. 9466 if (FD->getPreviousDecl() != 0 && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 9467 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 9468 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 9469 else if (FD->isInlined() && 9470 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 9471 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 9472 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 9473 } 9474 9475 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 9476 // don't complain about missing return statements. 9477 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 9478 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 9479 9480 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 9481 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 9482 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 9483 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 9484 9485 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9486 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 9487 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 9488 FD->getResultType(), FD); 9489 9490 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 9491 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 9492 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 9493 9494 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 9495 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 9496 // to deduce an implicit return type. 9497 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 9498 !FD->isDependentContext()) 9499 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 9500 } 9501 9502 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 9503 "Function parsing confused"); 9504 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 9505 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 9506 MD->setBody(Body); 9507 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9508 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 9509 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 9510 MD->getResultType(), MD); 9511 9512 if (Body) 9513 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 9514 } 9515 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 9516 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 9517 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 9518 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 9519 } 9520 } else { 9521 return 0; 9522 } 9523 9524 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 9525 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 9526 "handled in the block above."); 9527 9528 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 9529 if (Body) { 9530 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 9531 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 9532 // Verify this. 9533 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 9534 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 9535 9536 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 9537 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 9538 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 9539 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 9540 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 9541 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 9542 9543 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 9544 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 9545 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 9546 9547 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 9548 Destructor->getParent()); 9549 } 9550 9551 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 9552 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 9553 // deletion in some later function. 9554 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 9555 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 9556 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9557 } 9558 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 9559 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 9560 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 9561 // enabled. 9562 ActivePolicy = &WP; 9563 } 9564 9565 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9566 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 9567 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 9568 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9569 9570 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 9571 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 9572 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 9573 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 9574 } 9575 9576 if (!IsInstantiation) 9577 PopDeclContext(); 9578 9579 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 9580 9581 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 9582 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 9583 // deletion in some later function. 9584 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 9585 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9586 } 9587 9588 return dcl; 9589 } 9590 9591 9592 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 9593 /// relevant Decl. 9594 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 9595 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 9596 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 9597 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 9598 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 9599 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 9600 9601 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 9602 if (Method->isStatic()) 9603 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 9604 } 9605 9606 9607 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 9608 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 9609 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 9610 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 9611 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 9612 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 9613 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 9614 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 9615 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 9616 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 9617 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9618 return ExternCPrev; 9619 } 9620 9621 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 9622 unsigned diag_id; 9623 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 9624 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 9625 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 9626 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 9627 else 9628 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 9629 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 9630 9631 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 9632 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 9633 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 9634 TypoCorrection Corrected; 9635 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 9636 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 9637 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 9638 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 9639 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 9640 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 9641 9642 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 9643 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 9644 9645 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 9646 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 9647 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 9648 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 9649 } 9650 } 9651 9652 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 9653 const char *Dummy; 9654 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 9655 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 9656 unsigned DiagID; 9657 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 9658 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 9659 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 9660 SourceLocation NoLoc; 9661 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 9662 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 9663 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 9664 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9665 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 9666 /*NumArgs=*/0, 9667 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 9668 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9669 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 9670 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 9671 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9672 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9673 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9674 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 9675 EST_None, 9676 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 9677 /*Exceptions=*/0, 9678 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 9679 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 9680 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 9681 Loc, Loc, D), 9682 DS.getAttributes(), 9683 SourceLocation()); 9684 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 9685 9686 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 9687 9688 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 9689 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9690 9691 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 9692 FD->setImplicit(); 9693 9694 CurContext = PrevDC; 9695 9696 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 9697 9698 return FD; 9699 } 9700 9701 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 9702 /// the declaration of this function. 9703 /// 9704 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 9705 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 9706 /// like NSLog or printf. 9707 /// 9708 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 9709 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 9710 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9711 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9712 return; 9713 9714 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 9715 // actual attributes. 9716 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 9717 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 9718 unsigned FormatIdx; 9719 bool HasVAListArg; 9720 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 9721 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 9722 const char *fmt = "printf"; 9723 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 9724 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 9725 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9726 fmt = "NSString"; 9727 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9728 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 9729 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 9730 } 9731 } 9732 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 9733 HasVAListArg)) { 9734 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 9735 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9736 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 9737 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 9738 } 9739 9740 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 9741 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 9742 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 9743 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 9744 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 9745 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 9746 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9747 } 9748 9749 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 9750 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 9751 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9752 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 9753 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9754 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 9755 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9756 } 9757 9758 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 9759 if (!Name) 9760 return; 9761 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9762 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 9763 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 9764 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 9765 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 9766 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 9767 // about. 9768 } else 9769 return; 9770 9771 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 9772 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 9773 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 9774 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 9775 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9776 "printf", 2, 9777 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 9778 } 9779 9780 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 9781 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 9782 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 9783 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 9784 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 9785 } 9786 } 9787 9788 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 9789 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 9790 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 9791 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 9792 9793 if (!TInfo) { 9794 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 9795 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 9796 } 9797 9798 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 9799 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 9800 D.getLocStart(), 9801 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 9802 D.getIdentifier(), 9803 TInfo); 9804 9805 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 9806 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 9807 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 9808 return NewTD; 9809 } 9810 9811 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 9812 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9813 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9814 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 9815 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9816 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9817 else 9818 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 9819 } 9820 9821 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 9822 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 9823 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 9824 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 9825 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 9826 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 9827 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 9828 case TST_enum: 9829 case TST_struct: 9830 case TST_interface: 9831 case TST_union: 9832 case TST_class: { 9833 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 9834 9835 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 9836 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 9837 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 9838 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 9839 9840 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 9841 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 9842 9843 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 9844 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 9845 break; 9846 9847 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 9848 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 9849 break; 9850 } 9851 9852 default: 9853 break; 9854 } 9855 9856 return NewTD; 9857 } 9858 9859 9860 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 9861 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 9862 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9863 QualType T = TI->getType(); 9864 9865 if (T->isDependentType()) 9866 return false; 9867 9868 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 9869 if (BT->isInteger()) 9870 return false; 9871 9872 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 9873 return true; 9874 } 9875 9876 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 9877 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 9878 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 9879 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 9880 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 9881 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 9882 9883 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 9884 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 9885 << Prev->isScoped(); 9886 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9887 return true; 9888 } 9889 9890 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 9891 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 9892 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 9893 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 9894 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 9895 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 9896 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 9897 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9898 return true; 9899 } 9900 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 9901 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 9902 << Prev->isFixed(); 9903 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9904 return true; 9905 } 9906 9907 return false; 9908 } 9909 9910 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 9911 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 9912 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 9913 /// 9914 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 9915 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 9916 switch (Tag) { 9917 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 9918 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 9919 case TTK_Class: return 2; 9920 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 9921 } 9922 } 9923 9924 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 9925 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 9926 /// 9927 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 9928 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 9929 { 9930 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 9931 } 9932 9933 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 9934 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 9935 /// 9936 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 9937 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 9938 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 9939 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 9940 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 9941 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 9942 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 9943 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 9944 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 9945 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 9946 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 9947 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 9948 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 9949 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 9950 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 9951 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 9952 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 9953 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 9954 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 9955 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 9956 if (OldTag == NewTag) 9957 return true; 9958 9959 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 9960 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 9961 bool isTemplate = false; 9962 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 9963 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9964 9965 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9966 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 9967 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 9968 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 9969 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9970 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 9971 return true; 9972 } 9973 9974 if (isDefinition) { 9975 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 9976 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 9977 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 9978 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 9979 return true; 9980 } 9981 9982 bool previousMismatch = false; 9983 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 9984 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 9985 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 9986 if (!previousMismatch) { 9987 previousMismatch = true; 9988 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 9989 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9990 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 9991 } 9992 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 9993 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 9994 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 9995 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 9996 } 9997 } 9998 return true; 9999 } 10000 10001 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 10002 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 10003 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 10004 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 10005 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 10006 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 10007 return true; 10008 } 10009 10010 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10011 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10012 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10013 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10014 10015 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 10016 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 10017 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 10018 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 10019 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 10020 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 10021 } 10022 10023 return true; 10024 } 10025 return false; 10026 } 10027 10028 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 10029 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 10030 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 10031 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 10032 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 10033 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 10034 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 10035 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 10036 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 10037 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10038 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 10039 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 10040 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 10041 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 10042 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 10043 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 10044 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 10045 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 10046 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 10047 10048 OwnedDecl = false; 10049 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 10050 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 10051 10052 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 10053 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 10054 bool Invalid = false; 10055 10056 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 10057 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 10058 // for non-C++ cases. 10059 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 10060 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 10061 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 10062 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 10063 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, TemplateParameterLists, TUK == TUK_Friend, 10064 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 10065 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10066 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 10067 return 0; 10068 } 10069 10070 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 10071 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 10072 // be a member of another template). 10073 10074 if (Invalid) 10075 return 0; 10076 10077 OwnedDecl = false; 10078 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 10079 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 10080 TemplateParams, AS, 10081 ModulePrivateLoc, 10082 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 10083 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 10084 return Result.get(); 10085 } else { 10086 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 10087 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 10088 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 10089 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 10090 } 10091 } 10092 } 10093 10094 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 10095 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 10096 // redeclaration. 10097 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 10098 10099 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10100 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 10101 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 10102 // type, default to int. 10103 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10104 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 10105 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 10106 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 10107 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 10108 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 10109 EnumUnderlying = TI; 10110 10111 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 10112 // Recover by falling back to int. 10113 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10114 10115 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 10116 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 10117 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10118 10119 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 10120 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 10121 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10122 } 10123 10124 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 10125 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 10126 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 10127 10128 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 10129 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 10130 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 10131 10132 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 10133 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 10134 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 10135 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 10136 10137 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 10138 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 10139 Name = 0; 10140 goto CreateNewDecl; 10141 } 10142 10143 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 10144 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 10145 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 10146 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 10147 if (!DC) { 10148 IsDependent = true; 10149 return 0; 10150 } 10151 } else { 10152 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 10153 if (!DC) { 10154 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 10155 << SS.getRange(); 10156 return 0; 10157 } 10158 } 10159 10160 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 10161 return 0; 10162 10163 SearchDC = DC; 10164 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 10165 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 10166 10167 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 10168 return 0; 10169 10170 if (Previous.empty()) { 10171 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 10172 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 10173 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 10174 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 10175 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 10176 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 10177 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 10178 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 10179 IsDependent = true; 10180 return 0; 10181 } 10182 10183 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 10184 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 10185 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 10186 Name = 0; 10187 Invalid = true; 10188 goto CreateNewDecl; 10189 } 10190 } else if (Name) { 10191 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 10192 // declaration or definition. 10193 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 10194 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 10195 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 10196 LookupName(Previous, S); 10197 10198 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 10199 // by types using'ed into this scope. 10200 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 10201 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 10202 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 10203 while (F.hasNext()) { 10204 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 10205 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 10206 F.erase(); 10207 } 10208 F.done(); 10209 } 10210 10211 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 10212 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 10213 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 10214 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 10215 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 10216 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 10217 // 10218 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 10219 // semantic context? 10220 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10221 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 10222 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 10223 while (F.hasNext()) { 10224 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 10225 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10226 if (DC->isFileContext() && 10227 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 10228 F.erase(); 10229 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 10230 } 10231 } 10232 F.done(); 10233 } 10234 10235 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 10236 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 10237 return 0; 10238 10239 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 10240 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 10241 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 10242 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 10243 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 10244 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 10245 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 10246 } 10247 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 10248 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 10249 // initial context to the translation unit. 10250 // FIXME: [citation needed] 10251 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 10252 } 10253 10254 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 10255 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 10256 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10257 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 10258 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10259 Previous.clear(); 10260 } 10261 10262 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 10263 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 10264 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 10265 isStdBadAlloc = true; 10266 10267 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 10268 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 10269 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 10270 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 10271 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 10272 } 10273 } 10274 10275 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 10276 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 10277 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 10278 // there's a shadow friend decl. 10279 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 10280 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 10281 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 10282 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 10283 10284 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 10285 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 10286 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 10287 // 10288 // class-key identifier 10289 // 10290 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 10291 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 10292 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 10293 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 10294 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 10295 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 10296 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 10297 // declaration. 10298 // 10299 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 10300 // C structs and unions. 10301 // 10302 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 10303 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 10304 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 10305 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 10306 // 10307 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 10308 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 10309 // 10310 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 10311 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 10312 // lexical context, 10313 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10314 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 10315 10316 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 10317 while (S->isClassScope() || 10318 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10319 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 10320 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 10321 (S->getEntity() && 10322 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 10323 S = S->getParent(); 10324 } else { 10325 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 10326 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 10327 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 10328 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 10329 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 10330 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 10331 } 10332 10333 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 10334 // diagnose some problems. 10335 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10336 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 10337 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 10338 } 10339 } 10340 10341 if (!Previous.empty()) { 10342 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 10343 10344 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 10345 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 10346 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 10347 // in C++. 10348 // 10349 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 10350 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 10351 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 10352 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 10353 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10354 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10355 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 10356 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 10357 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 10358 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 10359 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 10360 PrevDecl = Tag; 10361 Previous.clear(); 10362 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 10363 Previous.resolveKind(); 10364 } 10365 } 10366 } 10367 } 10368 10369 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10370 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 10371 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 10372 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 10373 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 10374 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 10375 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 10376 // struct or something similar. 10377 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 10378 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 10379 *Name)) { 10380 bool SafeToContinue 10381 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 10382 Kind != TTK_Enum); 10383 if (SafeToContinue) 10384 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 10385 << Name 10386 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 10387 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 10388 else 10389 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 10390 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10391 10392 if (SafeToContinue) 10393 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 10394 else { 10395 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 10396 Name = 0; 10397 Previous.clear(); 10398 Invalid = true; 10399 } 10400 } 10401 10402 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 10403 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 10404 10405 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 10406 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 10407 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10408 if (ScopedEnum) 10409 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 10410 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 10411 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 10412 return PrevTagDecl; 10413 } 10414 10415 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 10416 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 10417 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 10418 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 10419 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 10420 10421 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 10422 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 10423 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 10424 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 10425 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 10426 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 10427 } 10428 10429 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 10430 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 10431 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 10432 // and then later defined. 10433 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 10434 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10435 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 10436 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10437 } 10438 10439 if (!Invalid) { 10440 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 10441 10442 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 10443 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 10444 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 10445 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 10446 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 10447 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 10448 return PrevTagDecl; 10449 10450 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 10451 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 10452 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 10453 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 10454 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 10455 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 10456 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 10457 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 10458 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 10459 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 10460 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 10461 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 10462 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 10463 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 10464 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 10465 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 10466 } 10467 10468 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 10469 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 10470 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 10471 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 10472 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 10473 else 10474 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 10475 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10476 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 10477 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 10478 // references get the previous definition. 10479 Name = 0; 10480 Previous.clear(); 10481 Invalid = true; 10482 } 10483 } else { 10484 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 10485 // about a nested redefinition. 10486 const TagType *Tag 10487 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 10488 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10489 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 10490 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 10491 diag::note_previous_definition); 10492 Name = 0; 10493 Previous.clear(); 10494 Invalid = true; 10495 } 10496 } 10497 10498 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 10499 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 10500 } 10501 } 10502 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 10503 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 10504 10505 } else { 10506 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 10507 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 10508 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 10509 // have distinct types. 10510 Previous.clear(); 10511 } 10512 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 10513 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 10514 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 10515 10516 10517 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 10518 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 10519 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 10520 } else { 10521 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 10522 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 10523 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 10524 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 10525 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 10526 unsigned Kind = 0; 10527 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10528 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 10529 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 10530 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 10531 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 10532 Invalid = true; 10533 10534 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 10535 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 10536 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 10537 // do nothing 10538 10539 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 10540 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10541 unsigned Kind = 0; 10542 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10543 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 10544 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 10545 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 10546 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 10547 Invalid = true; 10548 10549 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 10550 // case here. 10551 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10552 unsigned Kind = 0; 10553 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10554 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 10555 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 10556 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 10557 Invalid = true; 10558 10559 // Otherwise, diagnose. 10560 } else { 10561 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 10562 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 10563 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 10564 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10565 Name = 0; 10566 Invalid = true; 10567 } 10568 10569 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 10570 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 10571 Previous.clear(); 10572 } 10573 } 10574 10575 CreateNewDecl: 10576 10577 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 10578 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 10579 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 10580 10581 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 10582 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 10583 // keyword. 10584 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 10585 10586 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 10587 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 10588 // PrevDecl. 10589 TagDecl *New; 10590 10591 bool IsForwardReference = false; 10592 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10593 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10594 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 10595 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10596 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 10597 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 10598 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 10599 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 10600 TagDecl *Def; 10601 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 10602 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 10603 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 10604 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 10605 } 10606 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 10607 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 10608 << New; 10609 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10610 } else { 10611 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 10612 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 10613 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 10614 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10615 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 10616 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 10617 10618 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 10619 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 10620 // the declaration context. 10621 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 10622 IsForwardReference = true; 10623 } 10624 } 10625 10626 if (EnumUnderlying) { 10627 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 10628 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 10629 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 10630 else 10631 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 10632 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 10633 } 10634 10635 } else { 10636 // struct/union/class 10637 10638 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10639 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 10640 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10641 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 10642 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10643 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10644 10645 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 10646 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 10647 } else 10648 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10649 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10650 } 10651 10652 // Maybe add qualifier info. 10653 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 10654 if (SS.isSet()) { 10655 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 10656 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 10657 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 10658 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 10659 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 10660 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 10661 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 10662 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 10663 Invalid = true; 10664 10665 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 10666 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 10667 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 10668 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 10669 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 10670 } 10671 } 10672 else 10673 Invalid = true; 10674 } 10675 10676 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 10677 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 10678 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 10679 // 10680 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 10681 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 10682 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 10683 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 10684 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 10685 // parsing of the struct). 10686 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 10687 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 10688 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 10689 } 10690 } 10691 10692 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 10693 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 10694 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 10695 << 2 10696 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 10697 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 10698 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 10699 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 10700 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10701 New->setModulePrivate(); 10702 } 10703 10704 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 10705 // check the specialization. 10706 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 10707 Invalid = true; 10708 10709 if (Invalid) 10710 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10711 10712 if (Attr) 10713 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 10714 10715 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 10716 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 10717 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10718 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 10719 10720 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 10721 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 10722 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10723 10724 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 10725 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 10726 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 10727 // the tag name visible. 10728 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 10729 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(!FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace && 10730 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 10731 10732 // Set the access specifier. 10733 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 10734 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 10735 10736 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 10737 New->startDefinition(); 10738 10739 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10740 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10741 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 10742 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 10743 if (PrevDecl) 10744 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 10745 10746 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10747 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 10748 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 10749 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 10750 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 10751 } else if (Name) { 10752 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10753 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 10754 if (IsForwardReference) 10755 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 10756 10757 } else { 10758 CurContext->addDecl(New); 10759 } 10760 10761 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 10762 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 10763 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 10764 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 10765 II->isStr("FILE")) 10766 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 10767 10768 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 10769 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 10770 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10771 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 10772 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 10773 10774 if (PrevDecl) 10775 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 10776 10777 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 10778 // record. 10779 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 10780 10781 OwnedDecl = true; 10782 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 10783 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 10784 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 10785 } 10786 10787 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 10788 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10789 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10790 10791 // Enter the tag context. 10792 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 10793 10794 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 10795 10796 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 10797 // record. 10798 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 10799 } 10800 10801 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 10802 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 10803 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 10804 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 10805 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 10806 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 10807 CurContext = OCD; 10808 return IDecl; 10809 } 10810 10811 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 10812 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 10813 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 10814 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10815 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 10816 10817 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 10818 10819 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 10820 return; 10821 10822 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 10823 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 10824 10825 // C++ [class]p2: 10826 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 10827 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 10828 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 10829 // as if it were a public member name. 10830 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 10831 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 10832 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 10833 Record->getIdentifier(), 10834 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 10835 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 10836 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 10837 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 10838 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 10839 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 10840 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 10841 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 10842 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 10843 "Broken injected-class-name"); 10844 } 10845 10846 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 10847 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 10848 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10849 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10850 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 10851 10852 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 10853 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10854 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 10855 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 10856 RD->completeDefinition(); 10857 } 10858 10859 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 10860 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 10861 10862 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 10863 PopDeclContext(); 10864 10865 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10866 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 10867 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 10868 10869 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 10870 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 10871 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 10872 } 10873 10874 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 10875 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 10876 PopDeclContext(); 10877 } 10878 10879 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 10880 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 10881 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 10882 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 10883 } 10884 10885 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 10886 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 10887 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 10888 } 10889 10890 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 10891 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10892 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10893 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 10894 10895 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 10896 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10897 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 10898 RD->completeDefinition(); 10899 } 10900 10901 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 10902 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 10903 // the FieldCollector. 10904 10905 PopDeclContext(); 10906 } 10907 10908 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 10909 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 10910 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 10911 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 10912 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 10913 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 10914 if (ZeroWidth) 10915 *ZeroWidth = true; 10916 10917 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 10918 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 10919 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10920 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 10921 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 10922 return ExprError(); 10923 if (FieldName) 10924 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 10925 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 10926 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 10927 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 10928 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 10929 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 10930 return ExprError(); 10931 10932 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 10933 // it now. 10934 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 10935 return Owned(BitWidth); 10936 10937 llvm::APSInt Value; 10938 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 10939 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 10940 return ICE; 10941 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 10942 10943 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 10944 *ZeroWidth = false; 10945 10946 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 10947 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 10948 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 10949 10950 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 10951 if (FieldName) 10952 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 10953 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 10954 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 10955 << Value.toString(10); 10956 } 10957 10958 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 10959 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 10960 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 10961 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct) { 10962 if (FieldName) 10963 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10964 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 10965 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10966 10967 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10968 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10969 } 10970 10971 if (FieldName) 10972 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10973 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 10974 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10975 else 10976 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10977 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10978 } 10979 } 10980 10981 return Owned(BitWidth); 10982 } 10983 10984 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 10985 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 10986 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 10987 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 10988 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 10989 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 10990 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 10991 return Res; 10992 } 10993 10994 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 10995 /// 10996 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 10997 SourceLocation DeclStart, 10998 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 10999 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11000 AccessSpecifier AS) { 11001 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 11002 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 11003 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 11004 11005 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11006 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 11007 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11008 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11009 11010 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 11011 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 11012 D.setInvalidType(); 11013 T = Context.IntTy; 11014 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 11015 } 11016 } 11017 11018 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 11019 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 11020 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 11021 D.setInvalidType(); 11022 } 11023 11024 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 11025 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 11026 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 11027 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 11028 D.setInvalidType(); 11029 } 11030 11031 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 11032 11033 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11034 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11035 diag::err_invalid_thread) 11036 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11037 11038 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 11039 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 11040 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 11041 LookupName(Previous, S); 11042 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 11043 case LookupResult::Found: 11044 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 11045 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 11046 break; 11047 11048 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 11049 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 11050 break; 11051 11052 case LookupResult::NotFound: 11053 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 11054 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 11055 break; 11056 } 11057 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 11058 11059 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11060 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11061 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11062 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11063 PrevDecl = 0; 11064 } 11065 11066 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 11067 PrevDecl = 0; 11068 11069 bool Mutable 11070 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 11071 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 11072 FieldDecl *NewFD 11073 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 11074 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 11075 11076 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 11077 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11078 11079 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11080 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 11081 11082 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 11083 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 11084 // with the same name in the same scope. 11085 } else if (II) { 11086 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 11087 } else 11088 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 11089 11090 return NewFD; 11091 } 11092 11093 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 11094 /// 11095 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 11096 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 11097 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 11098 /// created. 11099 /// 11100 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 11101 /// 11102 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 11103 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 11104 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 11105 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 11106 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 11107 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11108 SourceLocation TSSL, 11109 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 11110 Declarator *D) { 11111 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 11112 bool InvalidDecl = false; 11113 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 11114 11115 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 11116 // marking this declaration as invalid. 11117 if (T.isNull()) { 11118 InvalidDecl = true; 11119 T = Context.IntTy; 11120 } 11121 11122 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 11123 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 11124 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 11125 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 11126 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11127 InvalidDecl = true; 11128 } else { 11129 NamedDecl *Def; 11130 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 11131 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 11132 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11133 InvalidDecl = true; 11134 } 11135 } 11136 } 11137 11138 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 11139 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 11140 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 11141 InvalidDecl = true; 11142 } 11143 11144 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 11145 // than a variably modified type. 11146 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 11147 bool SizeIsNegative; 11148 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 11149 11150 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 11151 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 11152 SizeIsNegative, 11153 Oversized); 11154 if (FixedTInfo) { 11155 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 11156 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 11157 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 11158 } else { 11159 if (SizeIsNegative) 11160 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 11161 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 11162 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 11163 << Oversized.toString(10); 11164 else 11165 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 11166 InvalidDecl = true; 11167 } 11168 } 11169 11170 // Fields can not have abstract class types 11171 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 11172 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11173 AbstractFieldType)) 11174 InvalidDecl = true; 11175 11176 bool ZeroWidth = false; 11177 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 11178 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 11179 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 11180 &ZeroWidth).take(); 11181 if (!BitWidth) { 11182 InvalidDecl = true; 11183 BitWidth = 0; 11184 ZeroWidth = false; 11185 } 11186 } 11187 11188 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 11189 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 11190 unsigned DiagID = 0; 11191 if (T->isReferenceType()) 11192 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 11193 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 11194 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 11195 11196 if (DiagID) { 11197 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 11198 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 11199 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 11200 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 11201 Mutable = false; 11202 InvalidDecl = true; 11203 } 11204 } 11205 11206 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 11207 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 11208 if (InvalidDecl) 11209 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11210 11211 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11212 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 11213 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11214 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11215 } 11216 11217 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11218 if (Record->isUnion()) { 11219 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11220 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 11221 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 11222 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 11223 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 11224 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 11225 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 11226 // objects. 11227 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 11228 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11229 } 11230 } 11231 11232 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 11233 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 11234 // enabled. 11235 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 11236 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 11237 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 11238 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 11239 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 11240 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 11241 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11242 } 11243 } 11244 } 11245 11246 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 11247 // representation, not a parser representation. 11248 if (D) { 11249 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 11250 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 11251 11252 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 11253 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 11254 } 11255 11256 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 11257 // retainable type. 11258 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 11259 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11260 11261 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 11262 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 11263 11264 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 11265 return NewFD; 11266 } 11267 11268 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 11269 assert(FD); 11270 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 11271 11272 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 11273 return false; 11274 11275 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 11276 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11277 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 11278 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 11279 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 11280 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 11281 // copy constructors. 11282 11283 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 11284 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 11285 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 11286 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 11287 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 11288 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 11289 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 11290 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 11291 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 11292 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 11293 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 11294 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 11295 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 11296 member = CXXDestructor; 11297 11298 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 11299 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 11300 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 11301 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 11302 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 11303 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 11304 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 11305 // members unavailable. 11306 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 11307 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 11308 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 11309 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 11310 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 11311 return false; 11312 } 11313 } 11314 11315 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 11316 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 11317 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 11318 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 11319 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 11320 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 11321 } 11322 } 11323 } 11324 11325 return false; 11326 } 11327 11328 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 11329 /// AST enum value. 11330 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 11331 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 11332 switch (ivarVisibility) { 11333 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 11334 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 11335 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 11336 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 11337 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 11338 } 11339 } 11340 11341 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 11342 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 11343 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 11344 SourceLocation DeclStart, 11345 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 11346 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 11347 11348 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 11349 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 11350 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 11351 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 11352 11353 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 11354 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 11355 11356 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11357 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 11358 11359 if (BitWidth) { 11360 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 11361 BitWidth = 11362 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct=*/false, BitWidth).take(); 11363 if (!BitWidth) 11364 D.setInvalidType(); 11365 } else { 11366 // Not a bitfield. 11367 11368 // validate II. 11369 11370 } 11371 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 11372 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 11373 D.setInvalidType(); 11374 } 11375 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 11376 // than a variably modified type. 11377 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 11378 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 11379 D.setInvalidType(); 11380 } 11381 11382 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 11383 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 11384 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 11385 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 11386 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 11387 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 11388 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 11389 return 0; 11390 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 11391 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 11392 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11393 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 11394 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 11395 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 11396 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 11397 } 11398 else 11399 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 11400 } else { 11401 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 11402 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11403 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 11404 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 11405 return 0; 11406 } 11407 } 11408 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 11409 } 11410 11411 // Construct the decl. 11412 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 11413 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 11414 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 11415 11416 if (II) { 11417 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 11418 ForRedeclaration); 11419 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 11420 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11421 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 11422 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11423 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11424 } 11425 } 11426 11427 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 11428 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 11429 11430 if (D.isInvalidType()) 11431 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11432 11433 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 11434 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 11435 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11436 11437 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11438 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 11439 11440 if (II) { 11441 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 11442 // these to the interface. 11443 S->AddDecl(NewID); 11444 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 11445 } 11446 11447 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 11448 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 11449 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 11450 11451 return NewID; 11452 } 11453 11454 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 11455 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 11456 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 11457 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 11458 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 11459 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 11460 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 11461 return; 11462 11463 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 11464 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 11465 11466 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 11467 return; 11468 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 11469 if (!ID) { 11470 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 11471 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 11472 return; 11473 } 11474 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 11475 else 11476 return; 11477 } 11478 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 11479 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 11480 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 11481 11482 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 11483 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 11484 Context.CharTy, 11485 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 11486 DeclLoc), 11487 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 11488 true); 11489 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 11490 } 11491 11492 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 11493 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 11494 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 11495 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 11496 AttributeList *Attr) { 11497 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 11498 11499 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 11500 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 11501 // it will now change. 11502 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11503 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 11504 switch (DC->getKind()) { 11505 default: break; 11506 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 11507 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 11508 break; 11509 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 11510 Context. 11511 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 11512 break; 11513 } 11514 } 11515 11516 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 11517 11518 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 11519 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 11520 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 11521 if (Record) { 11522 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 11523 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 11524 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 11525 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 11526 ++NumNamedMembers; 11527 } 11528 } 11529 11530 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 11531 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 11532 11533 bool ARCErrReported = false; 11534 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 11535 i != end; ++i) { 11536 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 11537 11538 // Get the type for the field. 11539 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 11540 11541 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 11542 // Remember all fields written by the user. 11543 RecFields.push_back(FD); 11544 } 11545 11546 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 11547 // diagnostics about it. 11548 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11549 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11550 continue; 11551 } 11552 11553 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 11554 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 11555 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 11556 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 11557 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 11558 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 11559 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 11560 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 11561 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 11562 // array. 11563 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 11564 // Field declared as a function. 11565 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 11566 << FD->getDeclName(); 11567 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11568 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11569 continue; 11570 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 11571 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 11572 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 11573 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 11574 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 11575 // Flexible array member. 11576 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 11577 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 11578 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 11579 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 11580 if (Record->isUnion()) 11581 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 11582 << FD->getDeclName(); 11583 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 11584 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 11585 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11586 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11587 if (Record->isUnion()) 11588 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 11589 << FD->getDeclName(); 11590 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 11591 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 11592 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11593 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 11594 if (Record->isUnion()) 11595 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 11596 << FD->getDeclName(); 11597 else 11598 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 11599 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11600 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 11601 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 11602 << FD->getDeclName(); 11603 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11604 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11605 continue; 11606 } 11607 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 11608 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 11609 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 11610 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 11611 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11612 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11613 continue; 11614 } 11615 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 11616 if (Record) 11617 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11618 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 11619 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 11620 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 11621 // Incomplete type 11622 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11623 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11624 continue; 11625 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11626 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 11627 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 11628 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 11629 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11630 } else { 11631 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 11632 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 11633 // structures. 11634 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 11635 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 11636 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 11637 else { 11638 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 11639 // other structs as an extension. 11640 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 11641 << FD->getDeclName(); 11642 if (Record) 11643 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11644 } 11645 } 11646 } 11647 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 11648 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 11649 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11650 AbstractIvarType)) { 11651 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 11652 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11653 } 11654 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 11655 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11656 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 11657 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 11658 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 11659 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 11660 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 11661 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 11662 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 11663 FD->setType(T); 11664 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 11665 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 11666 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 11667 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 11668 // so we just make the field unavailable. 11669 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 11670 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 11671 QualType T = FD->getType(); 11672 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 11673 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 11674 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 11675 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 11676 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 11677 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 11678 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 11679 } 11680 } else { 11681 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 11682 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 11683 } 11684 ARCErrReported = true; 11685 } 11686 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 11687 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 11688 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 11689 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 11690 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 11691 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11692 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 11693 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 11694 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 11695 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 11696 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11697 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 11698 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 11699 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11700 } 11701 } 11702 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 11703 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 11704 // Keep track of the number of named members. 11705 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 11706 ++NumNamedMembers; 11707 } 11708 11709 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 11710 if (Record) { 11711 bool Completed = false; 11712 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 11713 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 11714 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 11715 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 11716 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 11717 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 11718 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 11719 11720 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 11721 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 11722 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 11723 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 11724 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 11725 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 11726 11727 // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body 11728 // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as 11729 // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor. 11730 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) 11731 CheckDestructor(CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 11732 } 11733 11734 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 11735 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 11736 11737 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 11738 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 11739 // problem now. 11740 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 11741 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 11742 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 11743 11744 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 11745 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 11746 M != MEnd; ++M) { 11747 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 11748 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 11749 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 11750 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 11751 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 11752 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 11753 continue; 11754 11755 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 11756 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 11757 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 11758 // program is ill-formed. 11759 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 11760 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 11761 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 11762 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 11763 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 11764 OM = SO->second.begin(), 11765 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 11766 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 11767 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 11768 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 11769 11770 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11771 } 11772 } 11773 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 11774 Completed = true; 11775 } 11776 } 11777 } 11778 } 11779 11780 if (!Completed) 11781 Record->completeDefinition(); 11782 11783 if (Record->hasAttrs()) 11784 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 11785 11786 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a language extension. 11787 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11788 bool ZeroSize = true; 11789 bool IsEmpty = true; 11790 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 11791 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 11792 E = Record->field_end(); 11793 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 11794 IsEmpty = false; 11795 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 11796 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 11797 ZeroSize = false; 11798 } else { 11799 ++NonBitFields; 11800 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 11801 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 11802 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 11803 ZeroSize = false; 11804 } 11805 } 11806 11807 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but are allowed in 11808 // C++. 11809 if (ZeroSize) 11810 Diag(RecLoc, diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) << IsEmpty 11811 << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 11812 11813 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but 11814 // are accepted by GCC. 11815 if (NonBitFields == 0) { 11816 if (IsEmpty) 11817 Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_empty_struct_union) << Record->isUnion(); 11818 else 11819 Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) << Record->isUnion(); 11820 } 11821 } 11822 } else { 11823 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 11824 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 11825 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11826 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 11827 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 11828 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11829 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 11830 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 11831 } 11832 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 11833 // duplicates. 11834 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 11835 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 11836 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 11837 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11838 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 11839 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 11840 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 11841 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 11842 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 11843 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 11844 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 11845 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 11846 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 11847 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11848 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 11849 // reported as errors elsewhere. 11850 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 11851 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 11852 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 11853 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 11854 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 11855 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11856 if (IDecl) { 11857 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 11858 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 11859 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 11860 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 11861 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11862 continue; 11863 } 11864 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 11865 Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(), 11866 ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end(); 11867 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 11868 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 11869 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 11870 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 11871 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 11872 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11873 continue; 11874 } 11875 } 11876 } 11877 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 11878 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 11879 } 11880 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 11881 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 11882 } 11883 } 11884 11885 if (Attr) 11886 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 11887 } 11888 11889 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 11890 /// the given type T. 11891 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 11892 llvm::APSInt &Value, 11893 QualType T) { 11894 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 11895 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 11896 11897 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 11898 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 11899 --BitWidth; 11900 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 11901 } 11902 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 11903 } 11904 11905 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 11906 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 11907 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 11908 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 11909 // enum checking below. 11910 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 11911 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 11912 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 11913 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 11914 }; 11915 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 11916 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 11917 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 11918 }; 11919 11920 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 11921 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 11922 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 11923 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 11924 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 11925 return Types[I]; 11926 11927 return QualType(); 11928 } 11929 11930 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 11931 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 11932 SourceLocation IdLoc, 11933 IdentifierInfo *Id, 11934 Expr *Val) { 11935 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 11936 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 11937 QualType EltTy; 11938 11939 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 11940 Val = 0; 11941 11942 if (Val) 11943 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 11944 11945 if (Val) { 11946 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 11947 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 11948 else { 11949 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 11950 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 11951 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 11952 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 11953 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 11954 // constant expression of the underlying type. 11955 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11956 ExprResult Converted = 11957 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 11958 CCEK_Enumerator); 11959 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 11960 Val = 0; 11961 else 11962 Val = Converted.take(); 11963 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 11964 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 11965 &EnumVal).take())) { 11966 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 11967 } else { 11968 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11969 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11970 11971 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 11972 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 11973 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 11974 // expression checking. 11975 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 11976 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 11977 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 11978 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11979 } else 11980 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 11981 } else 11982 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11983 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11984 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 11985 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11986 // is the type of its initializing value: 11987 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 11988 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 11989 EltTy = Val->getType(); 11990 } else { 11991 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 11992 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 11993 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 11994 // representable as an int. 11995 11996 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 11997 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 11998 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 11999 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 12000 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 12001 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 12002 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 12003 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 12004 } 12005 EltTy = Val->getType(); 12006 } 12007 } 12008 } 12009 } 12010 12011 if (!Val) { 12012 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 12013 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 12014 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 12015 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12016 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12017 // is the type of its initializing value: 12018 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 12019 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 12020 // 12021 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 12022 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 12023 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12024 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12025 } 12026 else { 12027 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 12028 } 12029 } else { 12030 // Assign the last value + 1. 12031 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12032 ++EnumVal; 12033 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 12034 12035 // Check for overflow on increment. 12036 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 12037 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12038 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12039 // is the type of its initializing value: 12040 // 12041 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 12042 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 12043 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 12044 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 12045 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 12046 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 12047 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 12048 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 12049 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 12050 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 12051 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12052 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 12053 ++EnumVal; 12054 if (Enum->isFixed()) 12055 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 12056 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 12057 << EnumVal.toString(10) 12058 << EltTy; 12059 else 12060 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 12061 << EnumVal.toString(10); 12062 } else { 12063 EltTy = T; 12064 } 12065 12066 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 12067 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 12068 // value, then increment. 12069 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12070 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 12071 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 12072 ++EnumVal; 12073 12074 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 12075 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 12076 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 12077 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 12078 // integral type. 12079 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 12080 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 12081 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12082 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 12083 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 12084 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 12085 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 12086 } 12087 } 12088 } 12089 12090 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12091 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 12092 // enumerator's type. 12093 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 12094 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 12095 } 12096 12097 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 12098 Val, EnumVal); 12099 } 12100 12101 12102 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 12103 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 12104 AttributeList *Attr, 12105 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 12106 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 12107 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 12108 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 12109 12110 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 12111 // we find one that is. 12112 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12113 12114 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 12115 // scope. 12116 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 12117 ForRedeclaration); 12118 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12119 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12120 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 12121 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12122 PrevDecl = 0; 12123 } 12124 12125 if (PrevDecl) { 12126 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 12127 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 12128 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 12129 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 12130 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 12131 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12132 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 12133 else 12134 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 12135 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12136 return 0; 12137 } 12138 } 12139 12140 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 12141 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 12142 // different from T: 12143 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 12144 // enumerated type 12145 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 12146 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 12147 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 12148 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 12149 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 12150 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 12151 12152 EnumConstantDecl *New = 12153 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 12154 12155 if (New) { 12156 // Process attributes. 12157 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12158 12159 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 12160 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 12161 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 12162 } 12163 12164 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 12165 12166 return New; 12167 } 12168 12169 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 12170 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 12171 // Element2 = Element1 12172 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 12173 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 12174 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 12175 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 12176 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 12177 if (!InitExpr) 12178 return true; 12179 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 12180 12181 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 12182 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 12183 return true; 12184 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 12185 if (!IL) 12186 return true; 12187 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 12188 return true; 12189 12190 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 12191 } 12192 12193 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 12194 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 12195 if (!DRE) 12196 return true; 12197 12198 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 12199 if (!EnumConstant) 12200 return true; 12201 12202 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 12203 Enum) 12204 return true; 12205 12206 return false; 12207 } 12208 12209 struct DupKey { 12210 int64_t val; 12211 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 12212 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 12213 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 12214 }; 12215 12216 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 12217 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 12218 false); 12219 } 12220 12221 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 12222 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 12223 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 12224 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 12225 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 12226 } 12227 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 12228 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 12229 LHS.val == RHS.val; 12230 } 12231 }; 12232 12233 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 12234 // a previous element has already been set to. 12235 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 12236 EnumDecl *Enum, 12237 QualType EnumType) { 12238 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 12239 Enum->getLocation()) == 12240 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 12241 return; 12242 // Avoid anonymous enums 12243 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 12244 return; 12245 12246 // Only check for small enums. 12247 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 12248 return; 12249 12250 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 12251 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 12252 12253 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 12254 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 12255 ValueToVectorMap; 12256 12257 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 12258 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 12259 12260 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 12261 // an initialier. 12262 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12263 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12264 12265 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 12266 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 12267 if (!ECD) { 12268 return; 12269 } 12270 12271 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 12272 continue; 12273 12274 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 12275 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 12276 12277 // First time encountering this value. 12278 if (Entry.isNull()) 12279 Entry = ECD; 12280 } 12281 12282 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 12283 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12284 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12285 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 12286 continue; 12287 12288 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 12289 12290 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 12291 if (Entry.isNull()) 12292 continue; 12293 12294 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 12295 // Ensure constants are different. 12296 if (D == ECD) 12297 continue; 12298 12299 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 12300 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 12301 Vec->push_back(D); 12302 Vec->push_back(ECD); 12303 12304 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 12305 Entry = Vec; 12306 12307 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 12308 // diagnostics. 12309 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 12310 continue; 12311 } 12312 12313 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 12314 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 12315 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 12316 continue; 12317 12318 Vec->push_back(ECD); 12319 } 12320 12321 // Emit diagnostics. 12322 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 12323 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 12324 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 12325 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 12326 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 12327 12328 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 12329 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 12330 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 12331 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 12332 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 12333 ++I; 12334 12335 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 12336 // the same value. 12337 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 12338 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 12339 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 12340 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 12341 delete Vec; 12342 } 12343 } 12344 12345 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 12346 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 12347 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 12348 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 12349 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 12350 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 12351 12352 if (Attr) 12353 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 12354 12355 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 12356 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12357 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 12358 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12359 if (!ECD) continue; 12360 12361 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12362 } 12363 12364 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 12365 return; 12366 } 12367 12368 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 12369 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 12370 // emit a warning. 12371 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 12372 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 12373 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 12374 12375 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 12376 // reverse the list. 12377 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 12378 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 12379 12380 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 12381 bool AllElementsInt = true; 12382 12383 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12384 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 12385 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12386 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 12387 12388 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 12389 12390 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 12391 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 12392 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 12393 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 12394 else 12395 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 12396 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 12397 12398 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 12399 if (AllElementsInt) 12400 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 12401 } 12402 12403 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 12404 QualType BestType; 12405 unsigned BestWidth; 12406 12407 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 12408 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 12409 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 12410 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 12411 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 12412 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 12413 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 12414 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 12415 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 12416 QualType BestPromotionType; 12417 12418 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 12419 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 12420 // enum definitions. 12421 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 12422 Packed = true; 12423 12424 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12425 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12426 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 12427 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 12428 else 12429 BestPromotionType = BestType; 12430 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 12431 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 12432 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 12433 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12434 } 12435 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 12436 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 12437 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 12438 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 12439 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 12440 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 12441 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12442 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 12443 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 12444 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 12445 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 12446 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 12447 BestType = Context.IntTy; 12448 BestWidth = IntWidth; 12449 } else { 12450 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 12451 12452 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 12453 BestType = Context.LongTy; 12454 } else { 12455 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 12456 12457 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 12458 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 12459 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 12460 } 12461 } 12462 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 12463 } else { 12464 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 12465 // all of the enumerator values. 12466 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 12467 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 12468 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 12469 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 12470 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12471 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 12472 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 12473 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 12474 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 12475 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 12476 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 12477 BestWidth = IntWidth; 12478 BestPromotionType 12479 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12480 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 12481 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 12482 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 12483 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 12484 BestPromotionType 12485 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12486 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 12487 } else { 12488 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 12489 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 12490 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 12491 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 12492 BestPromotionType 12493 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12494 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 12495 } 12496 } 12497 12498 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 12499 // the type of the enum if needed. 12500 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12501 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12502 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 12503 12504 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 12505 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 12506 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 12507 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 12508 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 12509 12510 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 12511 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 12512 12513 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 12514 // the enum decl type. 12515 QualType NewTy; 12516 unsigned NewWidth; 12517 bool NewSign; 12518 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12519 !Enum->isFixed() && 12520 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 12521 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 12522 NewWidth = IntWidth; 12523 NewSign = true; 12524 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 12525 // Already the right type! 12526 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12527 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 12528 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 12529 // enumeration. 12530 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12531 continue; 12532 } else { 12533 NewTy = BestType; 12534 NewWidth = BestWidth; 12535 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 12536 } 12537 12538 // Adjust the APSInt value. 12539 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 12540 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 12541 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 12542 12543 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 12544 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 12545 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 12546 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 12547 CK_IntegralCast, 12548 ECD->getInitExpr(), 12549 /*base paths*/ 0, 12550 VK_RValue)); 12551 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12552 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 12553 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 12554 // enumeration. 12555 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12556 else 12557 ECD->setType(NewTy); 12558 } 12559 12560 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 12561 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 12562 12563 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 12564 // it needs to go into the function scope. 12565 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 12566 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 12567 12568 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 12569 12570 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 12571 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 12572 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 12573 } 12574 12575 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 12576 SourceLocation StartLoc, 12577 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 12578 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 12579 12580 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12581 AsmString, StartLoc, 12582 EndLoc); 12583 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12584 return New; 12585 } 12586 12587 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 12588 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 12589 ModuleIdPath Path) { 12590 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 12591 Module::AllVisible, 12592 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 12593 if (!Mod) 12594 return true; 12595 12596 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 12597 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 12598 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 12599 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 12600 // We need the length to be consistent. 12601 if (!ModCheck) 12602 break; 12603 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 12604 12605 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 12606 } 12607 12608 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 12609 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 12610 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 12611 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 12612 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 12613 return Import; 12614 } 12615 12616 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) { 12617 // Create the implicit import declaration. 12618 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 12619 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 12620 Loc, Mod, Loc); 12621 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 12622 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 12623 12624 // Make the module visible. 12625 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 12626 /*Complain=*/false); 12627 } 12628 12629 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12630 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 12631 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12632 SourceLocation NameLoc, 12633 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 12634 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 12635 LookupOrdinaryName); 12636 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 12637 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 12638 12639 if (PrevDecl) 12640 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 12641 else 12642 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12643 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 12644 } 12645 12646 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12647 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12648 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12649 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 12650 12651 if (PrevDecl) { 12652 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 12653 } else { 12654 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12655 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 12656 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 12657 } 12658 } 12659 12660 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12661 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 12662 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12663 SourceLocation NameLoc, 12664 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 12665 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 12666 LookupOrdinaryName); 12667 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 12668 12669 if (PrevDecl) { 12670 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 12671 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12672 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 12673 } else { 12674 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12675 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 12676 } 12677 } 12678 12679 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 12680 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 12681 } 12682 12683 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 12684 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 12685 return D->getAvailability(); 12686 } 12687